Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

CM2 Z

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 101

Air Cylinder

CM2 Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 RoHS

Female rod end CJ1


available as CJP
standard Selectable CJ2
JCM
Rod end types Female thread Male thread CM2
suitable for the CM3
application can CG1
be selected. CG3
JMB
MB
MB1
Easy fine adjustment of Single clevis and trunnion pivot CA2
auto switch position brackets are available. CS1
Fine adjustment of the auto switch
Rotating angle: Max. 202° (Bore size 40 mm)
position is possible by simply loosening CS2
the screw attached to the auto switch.
Transparent switch bracket Single clevis
86° Rod trunnion

improves visibility of
indicator LED. Max. rotating angle 202°

Fine adjustment of auto switch


90°
LED color indicator

Head trunnion

26°
Screw attached to auto switch Switch bracket

D-
-X
Technical
Data
167
Air Cylinder

Part numbers with rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket available
Not necessary to order a bracket for the applicable cylinder separately
Note) Mounting bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

Example) CDM2E20-50Z- N W -M9BW


Pivot bracket N: Kit of pivot bracket and Kit of pivot bracket Rod end bracket With rod end bracket
Nil None integrated single clevis and trunnion Nil None V: Single W: Double
knuckle joint knuckle joint
Pivot bracket is V Single knuckle joint
shipped together
N with the product, W Double knuckle joint
but not assembled.

Various mounting bracket options N: Clevis pivot bracket

• Suitable mounting brackets can be D: Double clevis


selected for the installation condition.
• Improved amount of mounting C: Single clevis
freedom
E(V): Integrated clevis G: Head flange
V: Single knuckle joint
L: Axial foot

N: Pivot bracket
B: Basic

W: Double knuckle joint

F(FZ): Rod flange T: Head trunnion


BZ: Boss-cut/Basic

N: Pivot bracket
L: Axial foot
Mounting brackets, accessories, and nut material: Stainless steel
N: Pivot bracket The following accessories need to be prepared separately. (Please order separately.)
Refer to the “Accessories” page of each series for details.
U(UZ): Rod trunnion
Bore size Single Double Mounting Rod Accessories
Foot Flange
N: Pivot bracket (mm) knuckle joint knuckle joint nut end nut page
20, 25, 32, 40       p. 190

Easy fine adjustment of auto switch position Total length is shortened with
Fine adjustment of the auto switch set position can be boss-cut type.
performed by loosening the auto switch attached screw without Boss for the head cover bracket is eliminated
loosening the auto switch mounting band. Operability and the total length of cylinder
improved compared with the current auto switch set position is shortened.
adjustment, where the complete switch mounting band
requires loosening.
Full Length Dimension Comparison (compared to the basic type (B)) (mm)
Switch bracket Screw attached to auto switch
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Visibility of the indicator 13 13 13 16
LED improved with the
transparent resin switch Auto switch  Boss-cut/Basic (BZ)
bracket Mounting  Boss-cut/Rod flange (FZ)
(Standard specification)  Boss-cut/Rod trunnion (UZ)

Switch holder No environmental hazardous substances used


Compliant with EU RoHS directive.
Lead free bushing is used as sliding material.

Specifications, performance and mounting


method are same as the current product.
Grease is selectable. (Option)
 Grease for food processing equipment (XC85)
 PTFE grease (X446)

Auto switch mounting screw


Water resistant compact auto switch mountable
Auto switch mounting band  Solid state auto switch D-M9A(V)

A 168
CM2 Series
Stroke Variations (mm)
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm)
25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
20

25

32

40
CJ1
Series Variations
∗ For details about the clean series, refer to the “Pneumatic Clean Series” (CAT.E02-23). CJP
Bore size (mm) Variations
Series Action Type Cushion
20 25 32 40
With
rod boot Air-hydro
Clean
series
Page CJ2
Standard
CM2-Z
Rubber JCM
bumper
Double
Single rod Page 172
acting
Air CM2
cushion

Rubber
CM3
bumper
Double
Double rod Page 193 CG1
acting
Air
cushion CG3
Single Single rod Rubber Page 203
acting (Spring return/extend) bumper JMB
Non-rotating rod
CM2K-Z
Rubber
bumper
MB
Double
Single rod Page 218
acting
Air MB1
cushion

Rubber
CA2
bumper
Double
acting
Double rod Page 224 CS1
Air
cushion
CS2
Single Single rod Rubber
acting (Spring return/extend) Page 229
bumper

Direct mount Rubber


CM2R-Z bumper
Double
Single rod Page 235
acting
Air
cushion
Direct mount, Double Rubber
Non-rotating rod Single rod Page 242
acting bumper
CM2RK-Z
Centralized piping Double Rubber
CM2P Single rod Page 246
acting bumper

With end lock Rubber


CBM2 bumper
Double Locked in
Single rod Page 251
acting head end
Air only
cushion

Smooth Cylinder Double Rubber Best Pneumatics


CM2Y-Z Single rod
acting bumper No. 2-3

Low Speed Cylinder Double Rubber Best Pneumatics


CM2X-Z Single rod
acting bumper No. 2-3

Low friction
CM2Q Use the new series “Smooth Cylinder CM2Y Series”
to realize both-direction low friction and low-speed operation.
(Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 2-3.)
D-
CM3 series -X
Short type Rubber
Double
Standard
acting
Single rod
bumper Page 269 Technical
CM3 Data
169
Combinations of Standard Products and Made to Order Specifications
CM2 Series

Series CM2 CM2K


(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
V : Standard Action/
: Made to Order
Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
Type
v : Special product (Please contact SMC for details.) Single rod Double rod Single rod Single rod Double rod Single rod
— : Not available
Cushion
Rubber Air Rubber Air Rubber Rubber Air Rubber Air Rubber
Page
Page 172 Page 193 Page 203 Page 218 Page 224 Page 229
Symbol Specifications Applicable bore size ø20 to ø40

Standard Standard V V V V V V V V V V
D Built-in magnet V V V V V V V V V V
CM2l F With One-touch fittings Note 7) V V V V V v v v v v
ø20 to ø40
CM2l -l JK With rod boot V V V V — V V V V —
CM2l H Air-hydro type V — V — — — — — — —
10-, 11- Clean series V V V v — — — — — —
25A- Note 6) Copper (Cu) and Zinc (Zn)-free Note 7) ø10, ø16 V v v v v v v v v v
20- Note 4) Copper Note 3) and Fluorine-free V V V V V V V V V V
CM2l RV Water resistant V V v v — — — — — —
ø20 to ø40
CM2l X Low speed cylinder V — — — — — — — — —
CM2l M Cylinder with stable lubrication function (Lube-retainer) V v v v — — — — — —
XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C) Note 1) v v
XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C) Note 1) v v v v v v v v
XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) v v v — v v v v —
XB12 External stainless steel cylinder Note 7) v v v v v
XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) Note 7) v v v — v v v v —
XC3 Special port location
XC4 With heavy duty scraper v — — — — v
XC5 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 110°C) Note 1) v v v v v v
XC6 Made of stainless steel
XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type — — v — — v
XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type — — v v — — v
XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type v — — v v — — v
XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type — — — v — — —
XC12 Tandem cylinder ø20 to ø40 — — — — v — — — —
XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
XC20 Head cover axial port — — — —
XC22 Fluororubber seal v v
XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port — — — —
Double clevis and double knuckle joint
XC27 — — — —
pins made of stainless steel

XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin v v v v v


XC35 With coil scraper v v — — — — — —
XC38 Vacuum specification (Rod through-hole) — — — — — — — —
XC52 Mounting nut with set screw
XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
X446 PTFE grease v v
Note 1) The products with an auto switch are not compatible.
Note 2) For details about the smooth cylinder and low speed cylinder, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 2-3.
Note 3) Copper-free for the externally exposed part. For details, refer to the Web Catalog.
Note 4) For details, refer to the Web Catalog.
Note 5) Available only for locking at head end.
Note 6) Available only for locking at rod end.
Note 7) The shape is the same as the current product.

170
CM2 Series

Use the new series “Smooth Cylinder CM2Y Series”


to realize both-direction low friction and low-speed operation.
(Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 2-3.)

CM2RK CM2lP CM2lQ CM2Y CM2X


CM2R (Direct mount, (Centralized
CBM2
(Low friction Smooth Low Speed
CJ1
(Direct mount type) (With end lock) Note 7)
Non-rotating rod type) piping) Note 7) type) Note 7) Cylinder Note 2) Cylinder Note 2)
Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting CJP
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Rubber Air Rubber Rubber Rubber Air Rubber Rubber Rubber
CJ2
Page 235 Page 242 Page 246 Page 251 Page 261 Best Pneumatics No. 2-3 Best Pneumatics No. 2-3
JCM
ø20 to ø40 Symbol

V V V V V V V V V Standard CM2
V V V V V V V V V D
CM3
v v v v v v v V v CM2lF
v v v V V — v — — CM2l-l JK CG1
V — — — — — — — — CM2lH
V v — v V Note 5) v v v V 10-, 11- CG3
v v v — v v v v — 25A- Note 6)
V V V v V v — — — 20- Note 4) JMB
v v — v V Note 5) v — — — CM2l RV
V — — v — — — — V CM2lX
MB
v v — — — — — — — CM2lM
MB1
— v — — — XB6
v v — — — — — — XB7 CA2
v v v v v — — — XB9
v v v — v v — — v XB12 CS1
v v v — — — — — XB13
— v XC3 CS2
v v — Note 5)
v — — — XC4
v — v v — — — XC5
v v XC6
v — Note 5)
v Note 5) v v v XC8
v — v Note 6) v Note 6) v XC9
v v v — v v v XC10
— v v v — — XC11
v — v — — — — — — XC12
v v v XC13
v — v Note 6) — v XC20
— — — — XC22
— — v — v XC25

— — — v v XC27

v v XC29

v v — v Note 5)
v — — — XC35
— — — — — — — v v XC38
— — — XC52
v v — — — XC85
— — — — — — X446

D-
-X
Technical
Data
171
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2 Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
RoHS

How to Order
Cylinder stroke (mm) Cushion Pivot bracket
(Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 173.)
Bore size Nil Rubber bumper
Nil None
A Air cushion Pivot bracket is shipped together
20 20 mm N with the product, but not assembled.
Type * Air-hydro cylinder: Rubber bumper only
25 25 mm * Only for C, T, U, E, V, UZ mounting types.
Nil Pneumatic Rod end thread * Pivot bracket is shipped together with
32 32 mm the product, but not assembled.
H Air-hydro Nil Male rod end
40 40 mm
F Female rod end
* Not applicable to XB12.
Made to Order
Refer to page 173 for details.

CM2 B 40 150 A Z (Refer to “Air-hydro type” on


page 176.)

With auto switch CDM2 B 40 150 A Z M9BW


Port thread type Number of
With auto switch Rod end bracket
(Built-in magnet) Nil Rc auto switches
Mounting Nil None
TN NPT Nil 2 pcs.
V Single knuckle joint
B Basic (Double-side bossed) T Head trunnion TF G
W Double knuckle joint S 1 pc.
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis * Air-hydro type: Rc only
Rod boot
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end. n n pcs.
F Rod flange V Integrated clevis (90°) * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with
G Head flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic Nil None the single knuckle joint. Auto switch
J Nylon tarpaulin * Rod end bracket is shipped
C Single clevis FZ Boss-cut/Rod flange together with the product, Nil Without auto switch
K Heat resistant tarpaulin but not assembled. * For applicable auto switches,
D Double clevis UZ Boss-cut/Rod trunnion * Not applicable to XB12. refer to the table below.
* For female rod end, no rod boot is provided.
U Rod trunnion
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 173.
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired


Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load
entry (Output) DC AC Perpendicular In-line connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — — V — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — — V — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v


Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit PLC
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
— 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

V V
100 V, 200 V — B54 V — V V — — Relay,
—— 200 V or less — B64 V — V — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C V — V V V —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — — V — PLC
conduit — A34A — — — — V —
Yes

100 V, 200 V — Relay,


DIN terminal — A44A — — — — V —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W V — V — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
A water-resistant type cylinder is recommended for use in an environment which requires water resistance.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on the D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* The D-A9/M9 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
172
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series

Specifications

Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40


Type Pneumatic
Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
CJ1
Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.05 MPa
CJP
Without auto switch: −10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature
With auto switch: −10°C to 60°C
(No freezing) CJ2
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Symbol +1.4 JCM
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm
Double acting, Single rod Air cushion Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion
CM2
Rubber Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
Allowable bumper Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
CM3
kinetic Air cushion 0.54 J 0.78 J 1.27 J 2.35 J
energy (Effective cushion
Male thread
(11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.8) CG1
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with length (mm)) Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
auto switches * Operate the cylinder with in the allowable kinetic energy. CG3
• Auto switch proper mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and its mounting JMB
height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting MB
• Operating range Standard Strokes
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
MB1
Bore size Maximum manufacturable
(mm)
Standard stroke (mm) Note 1)
stroke (mm) CA2
Made to Order: Individual Specifications 20 1000
(For details, refer to page 267.) 25
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300
1500 CS1
Symbol Specifications 32
-X446 PTFE grease
40
2000
CS2
Note 1) Intermediate strokes not listed above are produced upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order
Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Click here for details
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
Symbol Specifications the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XAl Change of rod end shape
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (–40 to 70°C)*1
-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)*1 Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
-XB12 External stainless steel cylinder*2
-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)*2
-XC3 Special port location
Cylinder model: CDM2C20-50Z-NV-M9BW
-XC4 With heavy duty scraper
Single clevis
-XC5 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 110°C) Mounting C: Single clevis
Pivot bracket N: Yes
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Single knuckle joint
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
* Pivot bracket, single knuckle joint and auto
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type*1
switch are shipped together with the product,
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type but not assembled.
-XC12 Tandem cylinder*1
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
Pivot bracket
-XC20 Head cover axial port
* Pivot bracket is available only for C, T, U, E,
-XC22 Fluororubber seal V, UZ mounting types.
Auto switch
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port*1 * No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
-XC27 Double clevis and double knuckle pins made of stainless steel
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin
-XC35 With coil scraper*1
D-
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X
*1 Rubber bumper only. Technical
*2 The shape is the same as the current product. Data
173 A
CM2 Series

Mounting and Accessories

Accessories Standard (mounted to the body) Standard (packaged together, but not assembled) Option

(CM2E/CM2V)

(CM2E/CM2V)
Note 1)

Note 7)

Note 5)

Note 5)

Note 6)
Clevis pivot Note 5)

Single knuckle joint

Double knuckle joint


(For trunnion)
Mounting nut
(Male thread)
Mounting nut

Rod end nut

bracket pin

(Male thread only)

(Male thread only)


Clevis pivot

bracket pin
Mounting

clevis pin

Trunnion
bracket
Double

Double
Flange
Single

bracket
clevis

clevis
Body

Liner

Pivot

Pivot
Foot
nut
Mounting
B Basic (Double-side bossed) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — — V V
L Axial foot V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.)Note 2) V(1 pc.) — — — V(1 pc.)Note 2) V(2 pcs.) — — — — — — — — V V
F Rod flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — V V
G Head flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — V V
C Single clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — V(Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — — — — — — V V
D Double clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — V(1 pc.) V(Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — V V
U Rod trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — V V
T Head trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — V V
E Integrated clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — — V V
V Integrated clevis (90°) V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — — V V
BZ Boss-cut/Basic V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — — V V
Boss-cut/
FZ Rod flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — V V

Boss-cut/
UZ Rod trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — V V

Standard (mounted to the body) Option


Mounting: C
Pivot bracket symbol: N V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V
— — Note 3) — — V(2 pcs.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V V
(Max. 3 pcs.)
Single clevis + Pivot bracket + Pin
Mounting: T, U, UZ
Pivot bracket symbol: N V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — V(2 pcs.) — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — V V
Trunnion + Pivot bracket
Mounting: E
Pivot bracket symbol: N V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V V
Integrated clevis + Pivot bracket + Pin
Mounting: V
Pivot bracket symbol: N V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V V
Integrated clevis (90°) + Pivot bracket + Pin
Note 1) Rod end nut is not provided for the female rod end. Note 6) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.
Note 2) Two mounting nuts are packaged together. Note 7) This is the part(s) used to adjust the clevis angle. Mounting quantity can vary.
Note 3) Mounting nut is not packaged for the clevis. * Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available.
Note 4) Trunnion nut is packaged for U, T, UZ. Refer to page 190 for details.
Note 5) Retaining rings are included.

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Min. Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket order Contents (for minimum order quantity)
q’ty 20 25 32 40
Foot* 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis** 1 CM-C020B CM-C032B CM-C040B 1 single clevis, 3 liners
** 1 double clevis, 3 liners,
Double clevis (with pin)*** 1 CM-D020B CM-D032B CM-D040B
1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Double clevis pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-2 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
Rod end nut 1 NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 1 rod end nut
Mounting nut 1 SN-020B SN-032B SN-040B 1 mounting nut
Trunnion nut 1 TN-020B TN-032B TN-040B 1 trunnion nut
Single knuckle joint 1 I-020B I-032B I-040B 1 single knuckle joint
1 double knuckle joint,
Double knuckle joint 1 Y-020B Y-032B Y-040B
1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings
Double knuckle joint pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-3 1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Clevis pivot bracket pin (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CD-S02 CD-S03 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Clevis pivot bracket (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CM-E020B CM-E032B 1 clevis pivot bracket, 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2C) 1 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
Pivot bracket pin (For CM2C) 1 CDP-1 CD-S03 1 pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2T/CM2U) 1 CM-B020 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
* Order 2 foots per cylinder. For dimensions of accessories (options),
** 3 liners are included with a clevis bracket for adjusting the mounting angle. refer to pages 189 and 190.
*** A clevis pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.
B 174
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series

Mounting Brackets, Accessories/Material, Surface Treatment Weights


(kg)
Segment Description Material Surface treatment Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Foot Carbon steel Nickel plating Basic (Double-side bossed) 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.56
Flange Carbon steel Nickel plating Axial foot 0.29 0.37 0.44 0.83
Mounting
Single clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating Flange 0.20 0.30 0.37 0.68
brackets
Double clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating Integrated clevis 0.12 0.19 0.27 0.52 CJ1
Trunnion Cast iron Electroless nickel plating Basic Single clevis 0.18 0.25 0.32 0.65
Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated weight Double clevis 0.19 0.27 0.33 0.69 CJP
Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating Trunnion 0.18 0.28 0.34 0.66
Trunnion nut Carbon steel Nickel plating Boss-cut/Basic 0.13 0.19 0.26 0.53 CJ2
Clevis pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating Boss-cut/Flange 0.19 0.28 0.35 0.65
Clevis pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None) Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.17 0.26 0.32 0.63 JCM
Carbon steel Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.13
Single knuckle joint Electroless nickel plating
Accessories ø40: Free-cutting steel Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04 CM2
Carbon steel Electroless nickel plating Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.14
Double knuckle joint
ø40: Cast iron Metallic silver color painting for ø40
Double clevis pin Carbon steel (None)
Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
CM3
Option Double knuckle joint
0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20
Double knuckle joint pin Carbon steel (None) bracket (with pin)
Pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating Pivot bracket 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06
CG1
Pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None) Pivot bracket pin 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03
Calculation: (Example) CM2L32-100Z
CG3
 Basic weight··············0.44 (Foot, ø32)
 Additional weight·······0.08/50 stroke JMB
 Cylinder stroke··········100 stroke
0.44 + 0.08 x 100/50 = 0.60 kg
MB
MB1
Precautions
CA2
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions. CS1
Handling CS2

Warning Caution
1. Do not rotate the cover. 1. Not able to disassemble.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking
into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore,
2. Operate the cylinder within the specified cylinder internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
speed, kinetic energy and lateral load at the rod end. 2. Use caution to the popping of a retaining ring.
When replacing rod seals and removing and mounting a retaining ring,
3. The allowable kinetic energy is different between the use a proper tool (retaining ring plier: tool for installing a type C retaining
cylinders with male rod end and with female rod end ring). Even if a proper tool is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a
due to the different thread sizes. human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown
4. When female rod end is used, use a washer, etc. to out of the tip of a plier. Be much careful with the popping of a retaining
ring. Besides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment.
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
3. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
5. Do not apply excessive lateral load to the piston rod. Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
Easy checking method speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
Minimum operating pressure after the cylinder is mounted to the equipment tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
(MPa) = Minimum operating pressure of cylinder (MPa) + {Load mass (kg) x
Friction coefficient of guide/Sectional area of cylinder (mm2)} 4. Do not use the air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder.
If smooth operation is confirmed within the above value, the load on the cylinder If it uses turbine oil in place of fluids for cylinder, it may result in oil leak.
is the resistance of the thrust only and it can be judged as having no lateral load. 5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
6. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully closed condition. 6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the cushion seal to be damaged. When The base oil of grease in the cylinder may seep out of the tube,
adjusting the cushion needle, use the “Hexagon wrench key: nominal size 1.5”. cover, crimped part or rod bushing depending on the operating
conditions (ambient temperature 40°C or more, pressurized
7. Do not open the cushion needle wide excessively. condition, low frequency operation).
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide (more than 3 turns
from fully closed), it would be equivalent to the cylinder with no cushion, 7. When rod end female thread is used, use a thin wrench
thus making the impacts extremely high. Do not use it in such a way. when tightening the piston rod.
Besides, using with fully open could give damage to the piston or cover. 8. Combine the rod end section, so that a rod boot might D-
8. Do not open the cushion needle after rotating it numer- not be twisted.
ous times in a row. Though uncommon, there are cas- If a rod boot is installed with being twisted when installing a
-X
es in which the cushion needle may leak air. cylinder, it will cause a rod boot to fail during operation.
The cushion needle should be adjusted by gradually opening it 9. When using a rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket, make sure they Technical
while checking the operation of the cylinder cushion. do not interfere with other brackets, workpieces and rod section, etc. Data
175 C
CM2 Series

Built-in One-touch Fittings (The shape is the same as the current product.)

CM2 Mounting type Bore size F Stroke


Built-in One-touch fittings

Specifications
This type has the One-touch fitting integrated in a cylinder, Action Double acting, Single rod
which enables to reduce the piping labor and installing space
dramatically. Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.05 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper
Piping One-touch fittings
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Basic, Axial foot, Rod flange, Head flange,
Mounting Single clevis, Double clevis, Rod trunnion,
Head trunnion, Integrated clevis, Boss-cut

* Auto switch can be mounted.

Applicable Tubing O.D./I.D.


Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Applicable tubing
6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6
O.D./I.D. (mm)

Applicable tubing Can be used for either nylon, soft nylon or


material polyurethane tubing.

Caution
1. One-touch fitting cannot be replaced.
• One-touch fitting is press-fit into the cover, thus cannot be replaced.
2. Refer to Fittings and Tubing Precautions (Best Pneumatics No. 7) for
handling One-touch fittings.

Air-hydro

CM2H Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Rod boot Z – Made to Order
Air-hydro
Specifications
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0 MPa Type Air-hydro
or below.
Fluid Turbine oil
Through the concurrent use of the CC series air-hydro unit, it is
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an Action Double acting, Single rod
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using pneumatic Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
equipment such as a valve. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.18 MPa
Piston speed 15 to 300 mm/s
Ambient and fluid temperature +5 to +60°C
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance mm
0
Cushion Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Basic, Axial foot, Rod flange, Head flange,
Single clevis, Double clevis, Rod trunnion,
Mounting
Head trunnion, Integrated clevis,
Integrated clevis (90°), Boss-cut
O For construction, refer to page 179.
O Since the dimensions of mounting type are the same as pages 181 to -XAl Change of rod end shape
Made to Order**
188, refer to those pages. -XC3 Special port location
* Auto switch can be mounted. Dimensions are the same as the standard
type.
** For details, refer to pages 1703 to 1896.

176
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series

Clean Series

10-CM2 Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Z


Clean Series (With relief port)

Specifications CJ1
The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room Action Double acting, Single rod
graded ISO Class 4 by making an actuator’s rod section a double Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 CJP
seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
outside of clean room. Min. operating pressure
Cushion
0.05 MPa
Rubber bumper, Air cushion
CJ2
Relief port size M5 x 0.8
Piston speed 30 to 400 mm/s JCM
Basic, Axial foot,
Mounting
Rod flange, Head flange, Boss-cut CM2
* Auto switch can be mounted.
CM3
For detailed specifications about the clean series, refer to the
“Pneumatic Clean Series” (CAT.E02-23). CG1
CG3
Construction
ø20, ø25 ø32, ø40 JMB
Standard port
Standard port Relief port
45° MB
MB1
Relief port
Relief port * The above shows the case of rubber bumper.
CA2
CS1
Water Resistant
CS2
CDM2 Mounting type Bore size Port thread type R Stroke A Z M9BA -XC6

With auto switch Water resistant cylinder Cushion Made to Order


(Built-in magnet) R NBR seals (Nitrile rubber) Nil Rubber bumper
V FKM seals (Fluororubber) A Air cushion Water resistant 2-color indicator,
solid state auto switch
Ideal for use in a machine tool
environment exposed to coolant Specifications
mist. Action Double acting, Single rod
Also, applicable for use in an Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
environment with water
Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion
splashing such as food
processing and car wash Auto switch mounting Band mounting type
equipment, etc. Made to Order XC6: Made of stainless steel
* Specifications other than the above are the same as the standard type.
* D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø20
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.) and ø25 cylinder with air cushion.
Male rod end Female *
Mounting Brackets /Part No.
rod end Min. Bore size (mm) Contents
Mounting bracket order
q’ty 20 (for minimum order quantity)
Axial foot** 2 CM-L020C 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
Flange 1 CM-F020C 1 flange
ø

Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020C 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut


H * ø25 to ø40: Same as the standard type.
ZZ + Stroke ** Order 2 foots per cylinder.

Bore size (mm) E1 NN1 H ZZ Caution


20 0
22−0.033 M22 x 1.5 24 99 Rod seal and scraper are not replaceable. D-
*26 0 • Scraper is press-fit into the rod cover, thus cannot be replaced.
25 −0.033
*M26 x 1.5 24 99
32 *26 0
−0.033
*M26 x 1.5 24 101 -X
40 *32 0 *M32 x2 26 130
−0.039 Technical
*: Same as the standard type. Data
177 A
CM2 Series

Low Speed Cylinder

CM2 X Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Z


Low Speed Cylinder
Specifications
Smooth operation with a little sticking and slipping at low speed. Bore size (mm) 20, 25, 32, 40
Can start smoothly with a little ejection even after being rendered Type Pneumatic
for hours. Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.025 MPa
Ambient and Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C
(No freezing)
fluid temperature With auto switch: –10 to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper

Piston Speed
Dimensions: Same as standard type Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Piston speed (mm/s) 0.5 to 300
Allowable kinetic Male thread 0.27 0.4 0.65 1.2
For details, refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 2-3. energy (J) Female thread 0.11 0.18 0.29 0.52

Cylinder with Stable Lubrication Function (Lube-retainer)

CDM2 Mounting Bore size M Stroke Rod end thread Z Pivot bracket Rod end bracket Auto switch
* D: Available only
for with auto switch.
With auto switch Cylinder with Stable Lubrication Function (Lube-retainer)
(Built-in magnet)

Specifications
Bore size (mm) 20, 25, 32, 40
Action Double acting, Single rod
Min. operating pressure 0.1 MPa
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Cushion Rubber bumper
* Specifications other than the above are the same as the standard type.

Dimensions: Same as standard type

For details, refer to the Web Catalog.

178
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series
Construction
Rubber bumper
t i u !7 y q o e r !1 !6 !2 !0 @
A

CJ1
CJP

!5 !4 CJ2
@B @
C !3
JCM
CM2
CM3
CG1
Boss-cut Integrated clevis
CG3
Air-hydro
!7 JMB
MB
MB1
CA2

With air cushion CS1


!7
CS2

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 12 Wear ring Resin
2A Head cover A Aluminum alloy Anodized 13 Clevis bushing Bearing alloy
2B Head cover B Aluminum alloy Anodized 14 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
2C Head cover C Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 16 Magnet — CDM2l20 to 40-lZ
4 Piston Aluminum alloy 17 Rod seal NBR
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating
6 Bushing Bearing alloy Replacement Part: Seal
7 Seal retainer Stainless steel VWith Rubber Bumper/With Air Cushion
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating Part no.
No. Description Material
9 Bumper Resin ø25 or larger is 20 25 32 40
10 Bumper Resin common.
17 Rod seal NBR CM20Z-PS CM25Z-PS CM32Z-PS CM40Z-PS
11 Piston seal NBR
VAir-hydro
D-
17 Rod seal NBR CM2H20-PS CM2H25-PS CM2H32-PS CM2H40-PS -X
* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Technical
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g) Data
179
CM2 Series
Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)
CM2B Bore size – Stroke Z

G
Width across flats B2 H2 G 2xP 2 x NN
Width across flats B1 H1 (Rc, NPT, G) I

ø
2 x øEh8

NA
øD

MM Effective thread length


AL NA
2 x FL
Width across flats KA A K F
H S + Stroke F
ZZ + Stroke

Cushion needle
With rod boot With air cushion (Width across flats 1.5)
8 l 8
WA WA 45°
Width across flats B3
øe

JH

f
h JW
ZZ + Stroke

Boss-cut Female rod end


Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

ZZ + Stroke 3.5
H
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P S ZZ
0
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20−0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 116
0
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 120
0
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 122
0
40 24 21 22 41 14 32−0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 154

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l ZZ
Str
oke B3 e f
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 143 156 168 181 206 231 256
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 147 160 172 185 210 235 260
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 149 162 174 187 212 237 262
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 181 194 206 219 244 269 294

With Rod Boot (mm) Boss-cut (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Bore size JH JW ZZ Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 23.5 10.5 Bore size Without With rod boot 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 95
25 23.5 10.5 rod boot 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 95
32 23.5 10.5 20 103 130 143 155 168 193 218 243 32 12 20 M6 x 1 97
40 27 10.5 25 107 134 147 159 172 197 222 247 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
32 109 136 149 161 174 199 224 249 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
With Air Cushion (mm) tightening the piston rod.
40 138 165 178 190 203 228 253 278
Bore size WA * When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
20 12 prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
25 12
32 11
40 16
180
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series
Axial Foot (L)
CM2L Bore size – Stroke Z
H
A K F G 2xP
Width across flats B1 AL H2 (Rc, NPT, G) G F
H1
Width across flats KA
CJ1
øD

øI
2 x øLC

B
Width across flats B2 CJP

LH
4 x øLD
MM Width across flats NA
Y
Y X S + Stroke X LX CJ2
LT

Z LS + Stroke LZ
ZZ + Stroke
JCM
With rod boot 8 l 8 CM2
Width across flats B3

CM3
øe

JH CG1
CG3
Z JW
h Cushion needle
ZZ + Stroke (Width across flats 1.5) JMB
With air cushion 45°
WA WA MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
ZZ + Stroke
Female rod end H CS2
3.5
Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 D F G H H1 H2 I K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ MM NA P S X Y Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 4 6.8 25 102 3.2 40 55 M8 x 1.25 24 1/8 62 20 8 21 131
25 22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 4 6.8 28 102 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 30 1/8 62 20 8 25 135
32 22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 34.5 1/8 64 20 8 25 137
40 24 21 54 22 41 14 16 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4 7 30 134 3.2 55 75 M14 x 1.5 42.5 1/4 88 23 10 27 171

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l Z
Str
oke B3 e
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 48 61 73 86 111 136 161
25 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 52 65 77 90 115 140 165
32 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 52 65 77 90 115 140 165
40 41 46 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 54 67 79 92 117 142 167

With Rod Boot (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Symbol
ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 110
20 158 171 183 196 221 246 271 23.5 10.5 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 110
25 162 175 187 200 225 250 275 23.5 10.5 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 112 D-
32 164 177 189 202 227 252 277 23.5 10.5 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 142
40 198 211 223 236 261 286 311 27 10.5 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench -X
when tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at Technical
* The bracket is shipped together. the rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece. Data
181
CM2 Series
Rod Flange (F)
CM2F Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across flats B2
4 x øFD
Width across flats B1 H2 G 2xP
Mounting hole H1 G NN
(Rc, NPT, G)

C2
FY

øD

øI
B

øE
2 x øFD MM
FX AL Width across flats NA 1.5
Effective thread length
ø40 Mounting hole FZ FL
A K FT
ø20 to ø32 Z
H S + Stroke F
Width across flats KA
ZZ + Stroke

With rod boot 8 l 8 Boss-cut


Width across flats B3
øe

JH

ZZ + Stroke
h JW
ZZ + Stroke

With air cushion Female rod end


45° Cushion needle Female thread MM
(Width across flats 1.5) WA WA Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 C2 D E F FL FD FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P S Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 34 13 26 30 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 37 116
25 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 41 120
32 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 41 122
40 24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 7 5 66 36 82 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 45 154

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l ZZ
Str
oke B3 e
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 143 156 168 181 206 231 256
25 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 147 160 172 185 210 235 260
32 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 149 162 174 187 212 237 262
40 41 46 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 181 194 206 219 244 269 294

With Rod Boot (mm) Boss-cut (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Bore size JH JW ZZ Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 23.5 10.5 Bore size Without With rod boot 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 95
25 23.5 10.5 rod boot 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 95
32 23.5 10.5 20 103 130 143 155 168 193 218 243 32 12 20 M6 x 1 97
40 27 10.5 25 107 134 147 159 172 197 222 247 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
32 109 136 149 161 174 199 224 249 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench
With Air Cushion (mm) 40 138 165 178 190 203 228 253 278 when tightening the piston rod.
Bore size WA * When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
20 12 prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
* The bracket is shipped together. deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
25 12
32 11
40 16
182
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series
Head Flange (G)
CM2G Bore size – Stroke Z
Effective thread length FL
Width across Width across flats B2
2xP G H2 2 x øFD 4 x øFD
flats B1 H1 NN G
Mounting hole

C2
(Rc, NPT, G) Mounting
hole

CJ1

FY
øD

øI

B
øE

MM AL Width across flats NA FX CJP


Width across A K F FZ ø
flats KA H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
FT ø20 to ø32 CJ2
ZZ + Stroke
JCM
With rod boot 8 l 8
Width across flats B3 CM2
CM3
øe

CG1
JH

f
h JW CG3
ZZ + Stroke
Cushion needle
Female rod end JMB
(Width across flats 1.5)
With air cushion Female thread MM MB
45° Thread depth A1
WA WA
MB1
CA2
3.5 CS1
H
ZZ + Stroke CS2
(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 C2 D E F FL FD FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I
20 18 15.5 34 13 26 30 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 41 5 8 28
25 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 33.5
32 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 7 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 37.5
40 24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 7 5 66 36 82 11 50 8 10 46.5

(mm)
Bore size K KA MM NA NN P S Z ZZ
20 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 107 116
25 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 111 120
32 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 113 122
40 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 143 154

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l ZZ
Str
oke B3 e f
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 143 156 168 181 206 231 256
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 147 160 172 185 210 235 260
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 149 162 174 187 212 237 262
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 181 194 206 219 244 269 294

With Rod Boot (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Bore size JH JW Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 23.5 10.5 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 95
25 23.5 10.5 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 95
D-
32 23.5 10.5 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 97
40 27 10.5 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
-X
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when tightening the piston rod.
* The bracket is shipped together. * When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at the rod Technical
end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece. Data
183
CM2 Series
Single Clevis (C)
CM2C Bore size – Stroke Z
Effective thread length FL øCD +0.058
−0

Width across flats B1 H1 NN G G


2xP
(Rc, NPT, G) øI

NA
øCI
øD
øE

MM AL CX −0.1
−0.2

Width across flats KA A K F U NA


H S + Stroke L
Z+1.2
0 + Stroke RR
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke

With rod boot 8 l 8


Width across flats B3
øe

JH

f
h JW
ZZ +1.2
0 + Stroke Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)

With air cushion WA WA 45°

Female rod end Female thread MM


Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CI CD CX D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN P RR S U Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 24 9 10 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 30 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 9 62 14 133 142
25 22 19.5 17 30 9 10 10 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 30 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 62 14 137 146
32 22 19.5 17 30 9 10 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 64 14 139 148
40 24 21 22 38 10 15 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 39 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 11 88 18 177 188

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l Z
Str
oke B3 e f
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 160 173 185 198 223 248 273
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 164 177 189 202 227 252 277
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 166 179 191 204 229 254 279
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 204 217 229 242 267 292 317

With Rod Boot (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Symbol
ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 121
20 169 182 194 207 232 257 282 23.5 10.5 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 121
25 173 186 198 211 236 261 286 23.5 10.5 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 123
32 175 188 200 213 238 263 288 23.5 10.5 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 159
40 215 228 240 253 278 303 328 27 10.5 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
184
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series
Double Clevis (D)
CM2D Bore size – Stroke Z
+0.058
Effective thread length FL øCD hole H10 0
CL
Width across flats B1 H1 NN G 2xP G Axis d9 –0.040
–0.076
(Rc, NPT, G) øI

CJ1

NA
øCI
øD
øE

CJP
MM AL U CX +0.2
+0.1
Width across flats KA A K F CZ
H S + Stroke L NA CJ2
Z+1.2
0 + Stroke
RR
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke JCM
CM2
With rod boot 8 l 8
Width across flats B3 CM3
CG1
øe

CG3
JH

f
h JW JMB
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5) MB
With air cushion 45°
WA WA
MB1
CA2
CS1
Female rod end
Female thread MM CS2
Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CD CI CL CX CZ D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN P RR S U Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 9 24 25 10 19 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 30 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 9 62 14 133 142
25 22 19.5 17 9 30 25 10 19 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 30 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 62 14 137 146
32 22 19.5 17 9 30 25 10 19 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 64 14 139 148
40 24 21 22 10 38 41.2 15 30 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 39 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 11 88 18 177 188
* A clevis pin and retaining ring (split pins for ø40) are shipped together.
With Rod Boot (mm)
Symbol
h l Z
Str
oke B3 e f
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 160 173 185 198 223 248 273
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 164 177 189 202 227 252 277
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 166 179 191 204 229 254 279
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 204 217 229 242 267 292 317

With Rod Boot (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
Symbol
ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 121
20 169 182 194 207 232 257 282 23.5 10.5 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 121
25 173 186 198 211 236 261 286 23.5 10.5 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 123
32 175 188 200 213 238 263 288 23.5 10.5 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 159 D-
40 215 228 240 253 278 303 328 27 10.5 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
tightening the piston rod. -X
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being Technical
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece. Data
185
CM2 Series
Rod Trunnion (U)
CM2U Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across flats B2

−0.025
−0.061
Width across G 2xP G NN
flats B1 H1 (Rc, NPT, G)

øTD

øD

øI
øTY

øE
MM AL Width across flats NA Effective thread length FL
TX
TZ A K TT
Z
Width across flats KA
H S + Stroke F
ZZ + Stroke

With rod boot 8 l 8 Boss-cut


Width across flats B3
øe

JH

Z ZZ + Stroke
h JW
ZZ + Stroke

With air cushion Female rod end


45° Cushion needle Female thread MM
(Width across flats 1.5) WA WA Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 I K KA MM NA NN P
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8
40 24 21 22 41 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4

(mm) With Rod Boot (mm)


Bore size S TD TT TX TY TZ Z ZZ Symbol
h
Str B3 e
20 62 8 10 32 32 52 36 116 Bore size
oke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
25 62 9 10 40 40 60 40 120 20 30 36 68 81 93 106 131 156 181
32 64 9 10 40 40 60 40 122 25 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 88 10 11 53 53 77 44.5 154 32 32 36 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 41 46 77 90 102 115 140 165 190
With Rod Boot (mm)
Symbol
l Z ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 63 76 88 101 126 151 176 143 156 168 181 206 231 256 23.5 10.5
25 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 67 80 92 105 130 155 180 147 160 172 185 210 235 260 23.5 10.5
32 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 67 80 92 105 130 155 180 149 162 174 187 212 237 262 23.5 10.5
40 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 71.5 84.5 96.5 109.5 134.5 159.5 184.5 181 194 206 219 244 269 294 27 10.5

Boss-cut (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Bore size Without With rod boot 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 95
rod boot 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 95
20 103 130 143 155 168 193 218 243
32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 97
25 107 134 147 159 172 197 222 247
32 109 136 149 161 174 199 224 249 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
40 138 165 178 190 203 228 253 278 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
* The bracket is shipped together. prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
186
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2 Series
Head Trunnion (T)
CM2T Bore size – Stroke Z
Effective thread length FL
NN G Width across flats B2
G 2xP
Width across flats B1 H1
(Rc, NPT, G)

øTD
CJ1

øTY
øD

øI
øE

MM AL Width across flats NA TX CJP


Width across flats KA A K F TZ
H S + Stroke TT
Z + Stroke CJ2
ZZ + Stroke
JCM
8 l 8
With rod boot Width across flats B3
CM2
CM3
øe

JH
CG1
f
h JW CG3
ZZ + Stroke
JMB
With air cushion Cushion needle Female rod end
(Width across flats 1.5)
45°
MB
WA WA
Female thread MM
Thread depth A1
MB1
CA2
3.5
H CS1
ZZ + Stroke
(mm) CS2
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 I K KA MM NA NN P
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4

(mm) With Rod Boot (mm)


Bore size S TD TT TX TY TZ Z ZZ Symbol
h
Str
oke B3 e f
20 62 8 10 32 32 52 108 118 Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
25 62 9 10 40 40 60 112 122 20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181
32 64 9 10 40 40 60 114 124 25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 88 10 11 53 53 77 143.5 154 32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
l Z ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 135 148 160 173 198 223 248 145 158 170 183 208 233 258 23.5 10.5
25 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 139 152 164 177 202 227 252 149 162 174 187 212 237 262 23.5 10.5
32 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 141 154 166 179 204 229 254 151 164 176 189 214 239 264 23.5 10.5
40 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 170.5 183.5 195.5 208.5 233.5 258.5 283.5 181 194 206 219 244 269 294 27 10.5

With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm) * The bracket is shipped together.
Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 97
25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 97
32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 99 D-
40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when tightening the piston -X
rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at Technical
the rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece. Data
187
CM2 Series
Integrated Clevis (E)
CM2E Bore size – Stroke Z
LZ + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke LP
H S + Stroke L RR
A K F U +0.058 NA
AL G 2xP G øCD −0
CX +0.1
−0.1
H1 (Rc, NPT, G)
øI

NA
øCI
øD
øE

LH
MM 2 x øLD
Width across flats B1 NN
Width across flats KA Effective thread length FL

LF LG

LT
LY LV
Refer to page 190 for details
of clevis pivot bracket.

Cushion needle
With rod boot With air cushion (Width across flats 1.5)
8 l 8
WA WA 45°
Width across flats B3
øe

JH

f JW
h
ZZ + Stroke Female rod end
Port 3.5
Integrated clevis (90°)(V) Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

H
* The dimensions are the same as those for the integrated clevis (E). ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CD CI CX D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN
20 18 15.5 13 8 20 12 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 12 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5
25 22 19.5 17 8 22 12 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 12 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5
32 22 19.5 17 10 27 20 12 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 15 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5
40 24 21 22 10 33 20 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 15 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2
(mm) With Air Cushion (mm) With Rod Boot (mm)
Bore size P RR S U Z ZZ Bore size WA Symbol
h
Str
oke B3 e f
20 1/8 9 62 11.5 115 124 20 12 Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
25 1/8 9 62 11.5 119 128 25 12 20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181
32 1/8 12 64 14.5 124 136 32 11 25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 1/4 12 88 14.5 153 165 40 16 32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190
With Rod Boot (mm)
Symbol
l Z ZZ
Str
oke JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 142 155 167 180 205 230 255 151 164 176 189 214 239 264 23.5 10.5
25 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 146 159 171 184 209 234 259 155 168 180 193 218 243 268 23.5 10.5
32 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 151 164 176 189 214 239 264 163 176 188 201 226 251 276 23.5 10.5
40 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 180 193 205 218 243 268 293 192 205 217 230 255 280 305 27 10.5

Female Rod End (mm) Clevis Pivot Bracket (mm)


Bore size A1 H MM ZZ Bore size LD LF LG LH LP LT LV LY LZ
20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 103 20 6.8 15 30 30 37 3.2 18.4 59 152
25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 103 25 6.8 15 30 30 37 3.2 18.4 59 156
32 12 20 M6 x 1 111 32 9 15 40 40 50 4 28 75 174
40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 136 40 9 15 40 40 50 4 28 75 203
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at the
rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
188
CM2 Series
Dimensions of Accessories
With Single Knuckle Joint (mm) Single Knuckle Joint (mm)

I-020B/032B Material: Carbon steel I-040B Material: Free-cutting steel


Y(MAX)
øND MM R1
øND
MM CJ1
R1
MM
øND CJP

øE1
NX1 A

øE1

NX
U1 A1 U1
R2 Z
H
LB CJ2
A1 U1 NX
LB A
A JCM
Applicable
Bore size A H MM NDH10 NX1 U1 R2 Y Z Part no. bore size A A1 E1 LB MM NDH10 NX R1 U1
20 18 41 M8 x 1.25 9+0.058
0 9−0.1
−0.2 14 10 11 66 I-020B 20 46 16 20 36 M8 x 1.25 9 9 10 14 +0.058
0
−0.1
−0.2 CM2
25, 32 22 45 M10 x 1.25 9+0.058
0 9−0.1
−0.2 14 10 14 69 I-032B 25, 32 48 18 20 38 M10 x 1.25 9+0.058
0 9−0.1
−0.2 10 14
40 24 50 M14 x 1.5 12
+0.070
0 16 −0.1
−0.3 20 14 13 92 I-040B 40 69 22 24 55 M14 x 1.5 12 0
+0.070
16−0.3 15.5 20
−0.1
CM3
With Double Knuckle Joint (mm)
CG1
Y(MAX)
øND hole H10
Axis d9
MM CG3
JMB
NX2 MB
L A
U2 H
R2 Z
MB1

Bore size A H L MM ND NX2 R2 U2 Y Z


CA2
20 18 41 25 M8 x 1.25 9 9+0.2 10 14 11 66
CS1
+0.1

25, 32 22 45 25 M10 x 1.25 9 9+0.2


+0.1 10 14 14 69
40 24 50 49.7 M14 x 1.5 12 16+0.3 13 25 13 92
CS2
+0.1

Double Knuckle Joint (mm)

Y-020B/032B Material: Carbon steel Y-040B Material: Cast iron


R1 R1

øND hole H10


MM øND hole H10 MM Axis d9
Axis d9
øE1

øE1
NX
NZ
LA

NX
NZ
LA

A1 U1
LB A1 U1
A LB
A
Applicable Included pin Retaining ring
Part no. bore size A A1 E1 LA LB MM ND NX NZ R1 U1 part number Split pin size
Y-020B 20 46 16 20 25 36 M8 x 1.25 9 9+0.2
+0.1 18 5 14 CDP-1 Type C 9 for axis
Y-032B 25, 32 48 18 20 25 38 M10 x 1.25 9 9+0.2
+0.1 18 5 14 CDP-1 Type C 9 for axis
Y-040B 40 68 22 24 49.7 55 M14 x 1.5 12 16+0.3
+0.1 38 13 25 CDP-3 ø3 x 18 L
∗ A knuckle pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.

Double Clevis Pin/Material: Carbon steel (mm) Double Knuckle Pin/Material: Carbon steel (mm)

Bore size: ø20, ø25, ø32 Bore size: ø40 Bore size: ø20, ø25, ø32 Bore size: ø40
CDP-1 CDP-2 CDP-1 CDP-3
2 x ø3 2 x ø3
Through hole Through hole
ø

ø
ø

D-
ø

Retaining ring: Type C9 for axis Split pin: ø3 x 18 L Retaining ring: Type C9 for axis Split pin: ø3 x 18 L -X
∗ Retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included. ∗ Retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included. Technical
Data
189
CM2 Series

Rod End Nut/Material: Carbon steel (mm) Clevis Pivot Bracket (For CM2E(V)) (mm)
Material: Carbon steel
d
L
LV
LR øLC hole +0.15 LX
øD

+0.05

C
Axis –0.040
–0.076
H B

LH
Part no. Applicable bore size B C D d H

LT
NT-02 20 13 15.0 12.5 M8 x 1.25 5
NT-03 25, 32 17 19.6 16.5 M10 x 1.25 6 LF LG
LE LD
2 xøøLD
NT-04 40 22 25.4 21.0 M14 x 1.5 8 LY

Applicable
Mounting Nut/Material: Carbon steel (mm) Part no.
bore size L LC LD LE LF LG LH LR
CM-E020B 20, 25 24.5 8 6.8 22 15 30 30 10
d CM-E032B 32, 40 34 10 9 25 15 40 40 13

Applicable
Part no. LT LX LY LV Included pin
øD

bore size part no.


C

H B CM-E020B 20, 25 3.2 12 59 18.4 CD-S02


CM-E032B 32, 40 4 20 75 28 CD-S03
Part no. Applicable bore size B C D d H Note 1) A clevis pivot bracket pin and retaining rings are included.
SN-020B 20 26 30 25.5 M20 x 1.5 8 Note 2) It cannot be used for the single clevis (CM2C) and the double
clevis (CM2D).
SN-032B 25, 32 32 37 31.5 M26 x 1.5 8
SN-040B 40 41 47.3 40.5 M32 x 2.0 10

Trunnion Nut/Material: Carbon steel (mm) Clevis Pivot Bracket Pin (For CM2E(V)) (mm)
H Material: Carbon steel
B
ød
øD

m L2 m
øC
øD

t L1
t
d

Part no. Applicable bore size B C D d H Applicable Included


Part no.
bore size Dd9 d L1 L2 m t retaining
TN-020B 20 26 28 25.5 M20 x 1.5 10 ring
TN-032B 25, 32 32 34 31.5 M26 x 1.5 10 CD-S02 20, 25 8−0.040
−0.076 7.6 24.5 19.5 1.6 0.9 Type C 8 for axis
TN-040B 40 41 45 40.5 M32 x 2 10 CD-S03 32, 40 10−0.040
−0.076 9.6 34 29 1.35 1.15 Type C 10 for axis
Note) Retaining rings are included.

Mounting Brackets, Rod End Brackets, and Nut Material: Stainless Steel
Part No. (Dimensions: Same as standard type)
Bore size Single Double Mounting Rod
Foot Flange
(mm) knuckle joint knuckle joint* nut end nut
20 CM-L020BSUS CM-F020BSUS I-020BSUS Y-020BSUS SN-020BSUS NT-02SUS
25, 32 CM-L032BSUS CM-F032BSUS I-032BSUS Y-032BSUS SN-032BSUS NT-03SUS
40 CM-L040BSUS CM-F040BSUS I-040BSUS Y-040BSUS SN-040BSUS NT-04SUS
* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together. Refer to the XC27 for details on stainless
steel double clevis pins and double knuckle pins. The accessories need to be ordered separately
from the cylinder.

A 190
Dimensions of Accessories CM2 Series

With Single Clevis


B° Z + Stroke CX
øCD
°
90

A° CJ1

51
40
3.2
ø6.8 20.5
CJP
7.5 40 6.8 x 3.4 LX
57 LZ CJ2
Rotation Angle (mm)
Bore size
A° B° A° + B° + 90°
Mounting Part no. Applicable bore size CX Z + Stroke CD LX LZ JCM
(mm) 20 133
20 25 85 200 CM2C CM-B032 25 10 137 9 44 60 CM2
25, 32 21 81 192 (Single clevis) 32 139
40 26 86 202 CM-B040 40 15 177 10 49 65 CM3
Note) A pivot bracket pin and retaining rings are not included with the pivot bracket.
CG1
With Rod Trunnion With Head Trunnion
Z + Stroke
CG3
TX Z + Stroke TX
øCD øCD
JMB
MB
51

51
40

40
3.2
3.2

ø6.8
20.5 6.8 x 3.4 ø6.8 20.5
MB1
LX LX
7.5 40 7.5 40
LZ
57
57
LZ CA2
6.8 x 3.4
(mm)
Rod trunnion Head trunnion
CS1
Mounting Part no. Applicable bore size TX CD LX LZ
Z + Stroke Z + Stroke
CM-B020 20 32 36 108 8 66 82
CS2
CM2U/CM2T 25 112
CM-B032 40 40 9 74 90
(Rod/Head trunnion) 32 114
CM-B040 40 53 44.5 143.5 10 87 103
Note) A pivot bracket pin and retaining rings are not included with the pivot bracket.

Pivot Bracket Pivot Bracket Pin (For CM2C)


∗ Pivot brackets consists of a set of two brackets.
7.5 40 40 7.5
3.4 3.4
ø6
.8 R
3. .8
4 3.
4 ø6
6.8

6.8

R
25

25

R
3. 4
4 3.
R
øDd9
ød
17±0.2
17 ±0.2

øCD +0.05
+0.15 +0.15
øCD +0.05 m L2 m
11

R
11
R

t L1 t
40

40
5.2

5.2
3.2

3.2

28 28
57 57 (mm)
(mm) Applicable Included
Part no. Dd9 d L1 L2 m t retaining
Part no. CD bore size ring
CM-B020 Note 2) 8
Note 1) A pivot bracket pin and retaining rings
20 to 32 CDP-1 9−0.040
−0.076 8.6 25 19.2 1.75 1.15 Type C 9 for axis D-
CM-B032 9
are not included with the pivot bracket. 40 CD-S03 10−0.040
−0.076 9.6 34 29 1.35 1.15 Type C 10 for axis
CM-B040 10 Note 2) Only for the trunnion Note) Retaining rings are included with the pivot bracket pin. -X
Technical
Data
191
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

CM2W Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 RoHS

How to Order CJ1


Cushion Rod end thread CJP
Nil Rubber bumper Nil Male rod end
A Air cushion Cylinder stroke (mm) F Female rod end CJ2
Refer to “Standard Strokes”
* Air-hydro cylinder: Rubber Rod boot
on page 194.
bumper only
Nil None JCM
Bore size
J Nylon tarpaulin (One side)
Type
20 20 mm
JJ Nylon tarpaulin (Both sides) CM2
25 25 mm
Nil Pneumatic K Heat resistant tarpaulin (One side)
H Air-hydro
32 32 mm
KK Heat resistant tarpaulin (Both sides) CM3
40 40 mm
* For female rod end, no rod boot is provided.
CG1
CM2W L 40 150 A Z CG3
With auto switch CDM2W L 40 150 A Z M9BW JMB
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Auto switch MB
Nil Without auto switch
Number of Made to Order
Mounting Port thread type * For applicable auto switches,
refer to the table below. auto switches Refer to page 194 for details.
MB1
B Basic (Double-side bossed) Nil Rc
Nil 2 pcs. (Refer to “Air-hydro type” on
L Axial foot TN NPT
S 1 pc.
page 196.) CA2
F Flange TF G
n “n” pcs.
U Trunnion * Air-hydro type: Rc only CS1
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m) CS2
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry (Output) 0.5 1 3 5 None


DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — — V — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — — V — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV *1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

V V
100 V, 200 V — B54 V — V V — — Relay,
—— 200 V or less — B64 V — V — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C V — V V V —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — — V — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A — — — — V —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A — — — — V —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W V — V — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models. D-
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN -X
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649. Technical
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.) Data
193
CM2W Series

Specifications
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Action Double acting, Double rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.08 MPa
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm

Piston speed Rubber bumper: 50 to 750 mm/s, Air cushion: 50 to 1000 mm/s
Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion
Rubber Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
Allowable bumper Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
Symbol kinetic Air cushion 0.54 J 0.78 J 1.27 J 2.35 J
energy Male thread
(Effective cushion (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.8)
Rubber bumper length (mm)) Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J

Standard Strokes

Air cushion Bore size Standard stroke Note 1) Maximum manufacturable


(mm) (mm) stroke (mm)

20
25
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300 500
32
40
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
Made to Order: Individual Specifications
(For details, refer to page 267.)
Accessories Rod Boot Material
Symbol Specifications
-X446 PTFE grease Symbol Maximum ambient
Refer to pages 189 and 190 for Rod boot material
One side Both sides temperature
accessories, since it is the same as
Made to Order
standard type, double acting, single rod. J JJ Nylon tarpaulin 70°C
Click here for details
K KK Heat resistant tarpaulin 110°C*
Symbol Specifications * Stainless steel mounting brackets and
accessories are also available. * Maximum ambient temperature for the rod boot itself.
-XAl Change of rod end shape Refer to page 190 for details.
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C)*1 Mounting Brackets/Part No.
-XB12 External stainless steel cylinder*2
-XC3 Special port location Min. Bore size (mm) Contents
Mounting bracket order
-XC4 With heavy duty scraper q’ty 20 25 32 40 (for minimum order quantity)
-XC5 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 110°C) Axial foot* 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
-XC6 Made of stainless steel Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
-XC22 Fluororubber seal * Order 2 foots per cylinder.
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port*1
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.
-XC35 With coil scraper*1
-XC38 Vacuum (Rod through-hole) • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
*1 Rubber bumper only.
*2 The shape is the same as the current product.

B 194
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2W Series

Mounting and Accessories Weights


(kg)
Accessories Standard Option Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Mounting Rod end Single Double
Note 2)
Pivot Basic (Double-side bossed) 0.16 0.25 0.32 0.65
knuckle knuckle Rod boot
Mounting nut nut joint joint bracket Basic Axial foot 0.31 0.41 0.48 0.92
weight Flange 0.22 0.34 0.41 0.77
Basic (Double-
side bossed)
V (1 pc.) V (2 pcs.) V V V
Trunnion 0.20 0.32 0.38 0.75
CJ1

Axial foot V (2 pcs.) V (2 pcs.) Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.19
Flange V (1 pc.) V (2 pcs.)
V
V
V
V
V
V Weight reduction for female rod end –0.02 –0.04 –0.04 –0.08
CJP
Trunnion V (1 pc.) Note 1) V (2 pcs.) Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
V V V V Option
bracket Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20
CJ2
One/Both
Note
side(s) Calculation: (Example) CM2WL32-100Z
Note 1) Trunnion nut is attached to the trunnion. O Basic weight····················0.48 (Foot, ø32)
JCM
Note 2) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are shipped together O Additional weight·············0.13/50 stroke
with double knuckle joint. O Cylinder stroke················100 stroke CM2
0.48 + 0.13 x 100/50 = 0.74 kg
CM3
CG1

Precautions CG3

Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for JMB
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
MB
Handling MB1
Warning Caution CA2
1. Do not rotate the cover. 1. Not able to disassemble.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting into Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking CS1
the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore, internal
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully closed parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
2. Use caution to the popping of a retaining ring.
CS2
condition.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the cushion seal to be When replacing rod seals and removing and mounting a retaining ring,
damaged. When adjusting the cushion needle, use the “Hexagon use a proper tool (retaining ring plier: tool for installing a type C retaining
wrench key: nominal size 1.5”. ring). Even if a proper tool is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide excessively. human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide (more than 3 turns out of the tip of a plier. Be much careful with the popping of a retaining
from fully closed), it would be equivalent to the cylinder with no cushion, ring. Be-sides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the
thus making the impacts extremely high. Do not use it in such a way. groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment.
Besides, using with fully open could give damage to the piston or cover. 3. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
4. Do not open the cushion needle after rotating it numer- Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high speed
and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder tube could get
ous times in a row. Though uncommon, there are cas-
so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
es in which the cushion needle may leak air.
The cushion needle should be adjusted by gradually opening it while 4. Do not use the air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder.
checking the operation of the cylinder cushion. If it uses turbine oil in place of fluids for cylinder, it may result in oil leak.
5. Operate the cylinder within the specified cylinder speed, 5. Combine the rod end section, so that a rod boot might
kinetic energy and lateral load at the rod end. not be twisted.
If a rod boot is installed with being twisted when installing a cylinder, it
6. The allowable kinetic energy is different between the will cause a rod boot to fail during operation.
cylinders with male rod end and with female rod end
6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
due to the different thread sizes. The base oil of grease in the cylinder may seep out of the tube, cover, or
7. When female rod end is used, use a washer, etc. to crimped part depending on the operating conditions (ambient temperature
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being 40°C or more, pressurized condition, low frequency operation).
deformed depending on the material of the work piece. 7. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
8. Do not apply excessive lateral load to the piston rod. 8. When rod end female thread is used, use a thin wrench
Easy checking method when tightening the piston rod.
Minimum operating pressure after the cylinder is mounted to the
equipment (MPa) = Minimum operating pressure of cylinder (MPa) + 9. When using a rod end bracket, make sure it does not
{Load mass (kg) x Friction coefficient of guide/Sectional area of cylinder interfere with other brackets, workpieces and rod
(mm2)} section, etc.
If smooth operation is confirmed within the above value, the load on the D-
cylinder is the resistance of the thrust only and it can be judged as
having no lateral load.
-X
Technical
Data
195 B
CM2W Series

Built-in One-touch Fittings (The shape is the same as the current product.)

CM2W Mounting type Bore size F Stroke

Built-in One-touch fittings

Specifications
This type has the One-touch fitting integrated in a cylinder, Action Double acting, Double rod
which enables to reduce the piping labor and installing space
Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
dramatically.
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.08 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper
Piping One-touch fittings
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Mounting Basic, Axial foot, Flange, Trunnion
* Auto switch can be mounted.

Applicable Tubing O.D./I.D.


Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Applicable tubing
6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6
O.D./I.D. (mm)

Applicable tubing Can be used for either nylon, soft nylon or


material polyurethane tubing.

Caution
1. One-touch fitting cannot be replaced.
• One-touch fitting is press-fit into the cover, thus cannot be replaced.
2. Refer to Fittings and Tubing Precautions (Best Pneumatics No. 7) for
handling One-touch fittings.

Air-hydro

CM2WH Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Rod boot Z – Made to Order

Air-hydro

Specifications
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0 MPa Type Air-hydro type
or below.
Fluid Turbine oil
Through the concurrent use of the CC series air-hydro unit, it is
Action Double acting, Double rod
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
pneumatic equipment such as a valve. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.18 MPa
Piston speed 15 to 300 mm/s
Ambient and fluid temperature +5 to +60°C
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance
0 mm
Cushion Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Mounting Basic, Axial foot, Flange, Trunnion
O For construction, refer to page 197. Made to Order** -XAl Change of rod end shape
O Since the dimensions of mounting type are the same as pages 200 to
* Auto switch can be mounted.
202, refer to those pages.
** For details, refer to pages 1703 to 1896.

196
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2W Series

Clean Series

10-CM2W Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Z

Clean Series (With relief port)


CJ1
Specifications
The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room Action Double acting, Double rod CJP
graded ISO Class 4 by making an actuator’s rod section a double Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the
outside of clean room.
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa CJ2
Min. operating pressure 0.08 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper JCM
Relief port size M5 x 0.8
Piston speed 30 to 400 mm/s CM2
Mounting Basic, Axial foot, Flange
* Auto switch can be mounted. CM3
Construction CG1
Standard port CG3
Relief port

JMB

For detailed specifications about the clean series, refer to the


MB
“Pneumatic Clean Series” (CAT.E02-23). ø20, ø25
MB1
Standard port
45°
CA2
CS1
Relief port
Relief port CS2
ø32, ø40

D-
-X
Technical
Data
197
CM2W Series

Construction
Rubber bumper

u y !4 t q r w i e !2 !3 o !4

!1 !0

Air-hydro !4 !4

With air cushion

!4 !4

Component Parts Replacement Part: Seal


No. Description Material Note  With Rubber Bumper/With Air Cushion
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized Part no.
No. Description Material
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 20 25 32 40
3 Piston Aluminum alloy
14 Rod seal NBR CM20Z-PS CM25Z-PS CM32Z-PS CM40Z-PS
4 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating
5 Bushing Bearing alloy  Air-hydro
6 Seal retainer Stainless steel Part no.
7 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating No. Description Material
20 25 32 40
8 Bumper Resin
9 Bumper Resin 14 Rod seal NBR CM2H20-PS CM2H25-PS CM2H32-PS CM2H40-PS
10 Mounting nut Carbon steel * Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
11 Rod end nut Carbon steel Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
12 Piston seal NBR Nickel plating
13 Magnet — CDM2Wl20 to 40-lZ
14 Rod seal NBR

198
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2W Series
Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)
CM2WB Bore size – Stroke Z
Effective thread length 2 x FL
Width across flats B2 2xP
Width across flats B1 H1 H2 G (Rc, NPT, G) G 2 x NN MM
Width across flats KA øI
Width across flats KA

2 x øEh8
CJ1

NA
øD
øD

MM AL
K K
AL
A
NA CJP
A F F
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke CJ2
8 l 8
With rod boot Width across flats B3 JCM
(One side)
CM2
øe

CM3

JH
f
h JW CG1
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Width across flats B3 Width across flats B3 CG3
With rod boot
(Both sides) JMB
øe

øe
MB

JH
8 l
8
f f
8
l + Stroke 8
JW MB1
h h + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke CA2
With air cushion 45° WA WA 45°
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
CS1
CS2

Female rod end

Female thread MM
Thread depth A1 3.5
H
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P S ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 144
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 152
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 154
40 24 21 22 41 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 188

With Rod Boot (mm)


h l ZZ (Both sides)
Bore size B3 e f
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 198 224 248 274 324
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 206 232 256 282 332
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 208 234 258 284 334
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 242 268 292 318 368

With Rod Boot (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
ZZ (One side) Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Bore size JH JW
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 102
20 171 184 196 209 234 23.5 10.5 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 102 D-
25 179 192 204 217 242 23.5 10.5 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 104
32 181 194 206 219 244 23.5 10.5 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 130 -X
40 215 228 240 253 278 27 10.5 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when tightening the piston rod.
Technical
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at
the rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece. Data
199
CM2W Series
Axial Foot (L)
CM2WL Bore size – Stroke Z

H H + Stroke
A K F G 2xP G F K A
Width across flats KA Width across flats KA
AL H2 (Rc, NPT, G) AL
Width across flats B1 H1
øD

øD
øI

B
MM

LH
MM
Width across flats B2 Width across flats NA
4 x øLD
LT

Y X S + Stroke X Y 2 x øLC
Z LS + Stroke Z + Stroke LX
ZZ + 2 x Stroke LZ

With air cushion

Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA WA 45°

Female rod end


ZZ + 2 x Stroke
H
3.5
Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 D F G H H1 H2 I K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ MM NA P S X Y Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 4 6.8 25 102 3.2 40 55 M8 x 1.25 24 1/8 62 20 8 21 144
25 22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 4 6.8 28 102 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 30 1/8 62 20 8 25 152
32 22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 34.5 1/8 64 20 8 25 154
40 24 21 54 22 41 14 16 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4 7 30 134 3.2 55 75 M14 x 1.5 42.5 1/4 88 23 10 27 188
* In the case of with rod boot, refer to basic type on page 199.
With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm) * The bracket is shipped together.
Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 102
25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 102
32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 104
40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 130
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench
when tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the
workpiece.

200
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2W Series
Flange (F)
CM2WF Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across flats KA
Width across flats KA Width across flats B2 Effective thread length FL
4 x øFD 2 x øFD H2 G
Width across 2xP G NN MM
Mounting hole Mounting hole flats B1 (Rc, NPT, G)
H1

C2
CJ1

øD
FY

øD
B

øI
CJP

øE
MM AL
FX
FZ A K FT Width across flats NA AL CJ2
Z F K A
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
ø40 ø20 to ø32 ZZ + 2 x Stroke JCM
CM2
CM3
With air cushion
Cushion needle CG1
45° (Width across flats 1.5)
WA WA
CG3
JMB
MB
MB1
CA2
Female rod end
Female thread MM CS1
Thread depth A1
CS2

3.5
H
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 C2 D E F FD FL FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM
20 18 15.5 34 13 26 30 8 20 0
–0.033 13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25
25 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26–0.033
0
13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25
32 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 0
–0.033 13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25
40 24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32–0.039
0
16 7 13.5 5 66 36 82 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5

(mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)


Bore size NA NN P S Z ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 37 144 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 102
25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 41 152 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 102
32 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 41 154 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 104
40 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 45 188 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 130
* In the case of with rod boot, refer to basic type on page 199. * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
* The bracket is shipped together. tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.

D-
-X
Technical
Data
201
CM2W Series
Trunnion (U)
CM2WU Bore size – Stroke Z

Width across flats B2


Width across flats B1 G 2xP G Width across flats KA
H1 (Rc, NPT, G) NN

–0.025
–0.061
MM
øTD
øTY

øD

øD
øI
øE
MM Effective
Width across AL thread length
flats KA A K TT Width across flats NA FL AL
Z F K A
TX H S + Stroke H + Stroke
TZ ZZ + 2 x Stroke

With air cushion


Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45°
WA WA

Female rod end


Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 I K KA MM NA NN P S TD
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 8
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 9
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 9
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 10

(mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)


Bore size TT TX TY TZ Z ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 10 32 32 52 36 144 20 12 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 102
25 10 40 40 60 40 152 25 12 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 102
32 10 40 40 60 40 154 32 11 32 12 20 M6 x 1 104
40 11 53 53 77 44.5 188 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 130
* In the case of with rod boot, refer to basic type on * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
page 199. tightening the piston rod.
* The bracket is shipped together. * When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.

202
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

CM2 Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 RoHS

How to Order CJ1

Mounting Cylinder stroke (mm) CJP


B Basic (Double-side bossed) T Head trunnion Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 204. Pivot bracket
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis Action Nil None CJ2
F Rod flange V Integrated clevis (90°) N Pivot bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.
S Single acting, Spring return
G Head flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic T Single acting, Spring extend
* Only for C, T, U, E, V, UZ mounting JCM
types.
C Single clevis FZ Boss-cut/Rod flange * Pivot bracket is shipped together with the
D Double clevis UZ Boss-cut/Rod trunnion
Rod end thread product, but not assembled. CM2
Nil Male rod end
U Rod trunnion F Made to Order
Female rod end
Refer to page 204 for details. CM3

CM2 B 32 150 S Z CG1


CG3
With auto switch CDM2 B 32 150 S Z M9BW JMB
With auto switch Bore size Rod end bracket Auto switch Number of
(Built-in magnet) 20 20 mm Nil None Nil Without auto switch auto switches MB
25 25 mm V Single knuckle joint * For applicable auto switches, Nil 2 pcs.
32 32 mm W Double knuckle joint refer to the table below. S 1 pc. MB1
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end. n “n” pcs.
40 40 mm
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint.
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.
CA2
* Not applicable to XB12.
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 204. CS1
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m) CS2
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry (Output) 0.5 1 3 5 None


DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — — V — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — — V — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

V V
100 V, 200 V — B54 V — V V — — Relay,
—— 200 V or less — B64 V — V — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C V — V V V —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — — V — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A — — — — V —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A — — — — V —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W V — V — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1 m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models. D-
3 m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN -X
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649. Technical
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.) Data
203
CM2 Series

Specifications

Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40


Spring extend Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Type Pneumatic
Cushion Rubber bumper
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Spring return Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Minimum operating Single acting, Spring return 0.18 MPa
pressure Single acting, Spring extend 0.23 MPa
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm

Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s


Allowable Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
kinetic energy Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J

Standard Strokes

Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Note 1)


Symbol
20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
Single acting, Spring return, Rubber bumper 25 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
32 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Single acting, Spring extend, Rubber bumper Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
Note 3) Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.

Mounting Bracket Spring Reaction Force


For the mounting bracket part numbers Refer to page 1900 (Table (3): Spring
Made to Order other than basic type, refer to page 205. Reaction Force).
Click here for details
Symbol Specifications * Stainless steel mounting brackets and
accessories are also available.
-XAl Change of rod end shape Refer to page 190 for details.
-XB12 External stainless steel cylinder*
-XC3 Special port location Theoretical Output Accessories
-XC6 Made of stainless steel Refer to page 1903 (Theoretical Output 1). Refer to pages 189 and 190 for
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting accessories, since it is the same as
-XC20 Head cover axial port standard type, double acting, single rod.
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port
-XC27 Double clevis and double knuckle pins made of stainless steel
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
* The shape is the same as the current product.
Cylinder model: CDM2C32-150SZ-NV-M9BW
Single clevis
Mounting C: Single clevis
Pivot bracket N: Yes
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
auto switches. Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Single knuckle joint
• Auto switch proper mounting position * Pivot bracket, single knuckle joint and auto
(detection at stroke end) and its mounting height switch are shipped together with the product,
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting but not assembled.
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
Pivot bracket
* Pivot bracket is available only for C, T, U, E,
Auto switch V, UZ mounting types.
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
B 204
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series

Mounting and Accessories

Accessories Standard (mounted to the body) Standard (packaged together, but not assembled) Option

(CM2E/CM2V)

(CM2E/CM2V)
(For trunnion)
Note 1)

Note 7)

Note 5)

Note 5)

Note 6)
Clevis pivot Note 5)

Single knuckle joint

Double knuckle joint


Mounting nut
(Male thread)
Mounting nut

Rod end nut

bracket pin

(Male thread only)

(Male thread only)


Clevis pivot

bracket pin
Mounting

clevis pin

Trunnion
bracket
Double

Double
Flange
Single

bracket
clevis

clevis
CJ1
Body

Liner

Pivot

Pivot
Foot
nut
Mounting
B Basic (Double-side bossed) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — —
L Axial foot V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.)Note 2) V(1 pc.) — — — V(1 pc.)Note 2) V(2 pcs.) — — — — — — — —
V
V
V
V
CJP
F Rod flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — —
G Head flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — —
V
V
V
V
CJ2
C Single clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — V(Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —
D Double clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — V(1 pc.) V(Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — —
V
V
V
V
JCM
U Rod trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — —
T Head trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — —
V
V
V
V
CM2
E Integrated clevis V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —
V Integrated clevis (90°) V(1 pc.) — Note 3) V(1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —
V
V
V
V
CM3
BZ Boss-cut/Basic V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — — V V
CG1
Boss-cut/
FZ Rod flange V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — — — — V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — V V
CG3
Boss-cut/
UZ Rod trunnion V(1 pc.) — Note 4) V(1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — V(1 pc.) V(1 pc.) — — V V

Note 1) Rod end nut is not provided for the female rod end. Note 5) Retaining rings are included.
JMB
Note 2) Two mounting nuts are packaged together. Note 6) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.
Note 3) Mounting nut is not packaged for the clevis. Note 7) This is the part(s) used to adjust the clevis angle. Mounting quantity can vary. MB
Note 4) Trunnion nut is packaged for U, T, UZ.
MB1
Mounting Brackets/Part No. CA2
Mounting bracket
Min.
order
Bore size (mm)
Contents (for minimum order quantity) CS1
q’ty 20 25 32 40
Foot*
Flange
2
1
CM-L020B
CM-F020B
CM-L032B
CM-F032B
CM-L040B
CM-F040B
2 foots, 1 mounting nut
1 flange
CS2
Single clevis** 1 CM-C020B CM-C032B CM-C040B 1 single clevis, 3 liners
** 1 double clevis, 3 liners,
Double clevis (with pin)*** 1 CM-D020B CM-D032B CM-D040B
1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Double clevis pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-2 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
Rod end nut 1 NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 1 rod end nut
Mounting nut 1 SN-020B SN-032B SN-040B 1 mounting nut
Trunnion nut 1 TN-020B TN-032B TN-040B 1 trunnion nut
Single knuckle joint 1 I-020B I-032B I-040B 1 single knuckle joint
1 double knuckle joint,
Double knuckle joint 1 Y-020B Y-032B Y-040B
1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings
Double knuckle joint pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-3 1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Clevis pivot bracket pin (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CD-S02 CD-S03 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Clevis pivot bracket (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CM-E020B CM-E032B 1 clevis pivot bracket, 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2C) 1 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
Pivot bracket pin (For CM2C) 1 CDP-1 CD-S03 1 pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2T/CM2U) 1 CM-B020 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
* Order 2 foots per cylinder.
** 3 liners are included with a clevis bracket for adjusting the mounting angle.
*** A clevis pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.

D-
-X
Technical
Data
205 A
CM2 Series

Mounting Brackets, Accessories/Material, Surface Treatment Weights


Spring Return (kg)
Segment Description Material Surface treatment
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Foot Carbon steel Nickel plating
Flange Carbon steel Nickel plating 25 stroke 0.20 0.30 0.42 0.77
Mounting 50 stroke 0.22 0.33 0.46 0.84
Single clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating
brackets
Double clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating 75 stroke 0.27 0.42 0.58 1.03
Trunnion Cast iron Electroless nickel plating
Basic 100 stroke 0.29 0.45 0.63 1.09
Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
weight 125 stroke 0.35 0.54 0.76 1.29
Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
Trunnion nut Carbon steel Nickel plating 150 stroke 0.37 0.57 0.80 1.36
Clevis pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating 200 stroke — — 0.97 1.61
Clevis pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None) 250 stroke — — — 1.87
Carbon steel Foot 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.27
Single knuckle joint Electroless nickel plating
Accessories ø40: Free-cutting steel
Flange 0.06 0.09 0.09 0.12
Carbon steel Electroless nickel plating
Double knuckle joint
ø40: Cast iron Metallic silver color painted for ø40 Single clevis 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.09
Double clevis pin Carbon steel (None) Double clevis 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.13
Double knuckle joint pin Carbon steel (None) Mounting Trunnion 0.04 0.07 0.07 0.10
Pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating bracket
weight Clevis integrated –0.02 –0.02 –0.01 –0.04
Pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None)
Boss-cut/Basic –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.03
Boss-cut/Flange 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.09
Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.07
Precautions Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.14

Be sure to read this before handling the products. Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04
Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages Option Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
3 to 12 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions. bracket Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20
Calculation:
Handling (Example) CM2L32-100SZ (Bore size ø32, Foot, 100 stroke)
0.63 (Basic weight) + 0.16 (Mounting bracket weight) = 0.79 kg
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a Spring Extend (kg)
fitting into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
cover. 25 stroke 0.19 0.29 0.40 0.74
50 stroke 0.21 0.32 0.44 0.81
Caution
75 stroke 0.25 0.39 0.54 0.97
1. Not able to disassemble.
Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by Basic 100 stroke 0.27 0.42 0.58 1.03
caulking method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. weight 125 stroke 0.32 0.49 0.69 1.20
Therefore, internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are
150 stroke 0.34 0.52 0.73 1.27
not replaceable.
200 stroke — — 0.88 1.49
2. Use caution to the popping of a retaining ring.
When replacing rod seals and removing and mounting a 250 stroke — — — 1.72
retaining ring, use a proper tool (retaining ring plier: tool for Foot 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.27
installing a type C retaining ring). Even if a proper tool is used,
it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral Flange 0.06 0.09 0.09 0.12
equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a Single clevis 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.09
plier. Be much careful with the popping of a retaining ring.
Double clevis 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.13
Besides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the
Mounting Trunnion 0.04 0.07 0.07 0.10
groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of
bracket
installment. Clevis integrated –0.02 –0.02 –0.01 –0.04
weight
3. Do not touch the cylinder during operation. Boss-cut/Basic –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.03
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
Boss-cut/Flange 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.09
speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned. Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.07
4. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease. Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.14
5. The base oil of grease may seep out. Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04
6. When using a rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket, Option Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
make sure they do not interfere with other brackets, bracket Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20
workpieces and rod section, etc.

B 206
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series

Built-in One-touch Fittings (The shape is the same as the current product.)

CM2 Mounting type Bore size F Stroke Action


Built-in One-touch fittings

Specifications CJ1
This type has the One-touch fitting integrated in a cylinder,
which enables to reduce the piping labor and installing space Action
Single acting,
Spring return
Single acting,
Spring extend
CJP
dramatically.
Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 CJ2
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.18 MPa 0.23 MPa JCM
Cushion Rubber bumper
Piping One-touch fittings CM2
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Basic, Axial foot, Rod flange, Head flange,
CM3
Mounting Single clevis, Double clevis, Rod trunnion,
Head trunnion, Integrated clevis, Boss-cut CG1
* Auto switch can be mounted.
CG3
Applicable Tubing O.D./I.D.
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 JMB
Applicable tubing
O.D./I.D. (mm)
6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 MB
Applicable tubing Can be used for either nylon, soft nylon or MB1
material polyurethane tubing.

CA2
Caution
1. One-touch fitting cannot be replaced. CS1
• One-touch fitting is press-fit into the cover, thus cannot be replaced.
2. Refer to Fittings and Tubing Precautions (Best Pneumatics No. 7) for
handling One-touch fittings. CS2

D-
-X
Technical
Data
207
CM2 Series
Construction
Spring return

t y !1 q !3 o e i !0 r !5 @0 !6 !4 @A

!9 !8 @B @
C !7

Boss-cut Integrated clevis

Spring extend
t !2 u @1 y q !3 r !5 @0 !6 !0 i e o !4 !1 @
A

!9 !8 @B @C !7

Boss-cut Integrated clevis

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 13 Bumper Resin ø25 or larger is
2A Head cover A Aluminum alloy Anodized 14 Bumper Resin common.
2B Head cover B Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Piston seal NBR
2C Head cover C Aluminum alloy Anodized 16 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 17 Clevis bushing Bearing alloy
4 Piston Aluminum alloy 18 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating 19 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
6 Bushing Bearing alloy 20 Magnet — CDM2l20 to 40-l ST Z
7 Seal retainer Stainless steel 21 Rod seal NBR
8 Return spring Steel wire Zinc chromated
9 Spring guide Aluminum alloy Chromated Replacement Part: Seal
10 Spring seat Aluminum alloy Chromated  With Rubber Bumper (Spring extend only)
11 Plug with fixed orifice Alloy steel Black zinc chromated Part no.
No. Description Material
12 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating 20 25 32 40
21 Rod seal NBR CM20Z-PS CM25Z-PS CM32Z-PS CM40Z-PS

* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)

208
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series
Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)
S
CM2B Bore size – Stroke T Z
Spring return
G
Width across flats B2 H2 Plug with fixed orifice 2 x NN
P
Width across flats B1 H1

øI
CJ1

2 x øEh8

NA
øD

CJP
MM Effective thread length
AL NA
2 x FL
Width across flats KA A K F CJ2
H S + Stroke F
ZZ + Stroke
JCM
Spring extend
CM2
Width across flats B2 H2 G P Plug with fixed orifice 2 x NN
Width across flats B1 H1
CM3

øI
2 x øEh8
CG1

NA
øD

MM
AL
Effective thread length CG3
Width across flats KA 2 x FL
A K F NA
H + Stroke S + Stroke F JMB
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
MB
Boss-cut
MB1
CA2
Spring return ZZ + Stroke
Spring extend ZZ + 2 x Stroke CS1
Female rod end Spring extend CS2
Spring return Female thread MM Female thread MM
Thread depth A1 Thread depth A1

3.5 3.5
H H + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke ZZ + 2 x Stroke
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4

Dimensions by Stroke (mm) Boss-cut (mm)


Stroke Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250 Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol bol
Bore size S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ Bore size ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ
20 87 141 112 166 137 191 — — — — 20 128 153 178 — —
25 87 145 112 170 137 195 — — — — 25 132 157 182 — —
32 89 147 114 172 139 197 164 222 — — 32 134 159 184 209 —
40 113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279 40 163 188 213 238 263

Female Rod End (mm)


Stroke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Sym
bol A1 H MM
S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ * When female thread is used, use a thin
D-
Bore size

20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 87 120 112 145 137 170 — — — — wrench when tightening the piston rod.
25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 87 120 112 145 137 170 — — — — * When female thread is used, use a washer
32 12 20 M6 x 1 89 122 114 147 139 172 164 197 — —
etc. to prevent the contact part at the rod -X
end from being deformed depending on the
40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 113 150 138 175 163 200 188 225 213 250 material of the workpiece. Technical
Data
209
CM2 Series
Axial Foot (L)
S
CM2L Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return H Width across flats B2

A K F
Width across flats B1 AL H2 Plug with fixed orifice P G F
H1
øD

øI
2 x øLC

B
4 x øLD

LH
MM Width across flats NA
Y X S + Stroke X Y
LT

Width across flats KA LX


Z LS + Stroke LZ
ZZ + Stroke

Spring extend
H + Stroke
A K F G P Plug with fixed orifice F
Width across flats B1 AL H2
H1
øD

øI

B
2 x øLC

LH
Width across flats B2 4 x øLD
MM
Width across flats NA
LT

Y X S + Stroke X Y
Width across flats KA LX
Z + Stroke LS + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke LZ

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 D F G H H1 H2 I K KA LC LD LH LT LX LZ MM NA P X Y Z
20 18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 4 6.8 25 3.2 40 55 M8 x 1.25 24 1/8 20 8 21
25 22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 4 6.8 28 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 30 1/8 20 8 25
32 22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 34.5 1/8 20 8 25
40 24 21 54 22 41 14 16 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4 7 30 3.2 55 75 M14 x 1.5 42.5 1/4 23 10 27

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol
Bore size LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ
20 127 87 156 152 112 181 177 137 206 — — — — — —
25 127 87 160 152 112 185 177 137 210 — — — — — —
32 129 89 162 154 114 187 179 139 212 204 164 237 — — —
40 159 113 196 184 138 221 209 163 246 234 188 271 259 213 296

* The bracket is shipped together.


* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions.

210
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series
Rod Flange (F)
S
CM2F Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return Width across flats B2


4 x øFD Width across flats B1 H2 Plug with fixed orifice P G NN
H1
Mounting hole
C2 Width across
flats KA CJ1
FY

øD

øI
CJP

øE
AL
ø40
FX
FZ
MM A K FT Width across flats NA CJ2
2 x øFD
Z
Mounting hole Effective thread length FL
ø20 to ø32
H S + Stroke F
JCM
ZZ + Stroke
CM2
CM3
Spring extend CG1
4 x øFD Width across flats B1 Width across flats B2
Mounting hole
2 x øFD
H2 G RcP
Plug with fixed orifice NN CG3
H1
Mounting hole
Width across
flats KA JMB
MB
FY

øD

øI
øE
B

C2
ø40 FX MM AL
A K FT Width across
MB1
FZ Effective thread length FL
Z + Stroke flats NA
ø20 to ø32 H + Stroke S + Stroke F CA2
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

CS1
CS2

Boss-cut

Spring return ZZ + Stroke


Spring extend ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 C2 D E F FD FL FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P Z
20 18 15.5 34 13 26 30 8 20–0.033
0
13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 37
25 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26–0.033
0
13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 41
32 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26–0.033
0
13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 41
40 24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32–0.039
0
16 7 13.5 5 66 36 82 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 45

Dimensions by Stroke (mm) Boss-cut (mm)


Stroke Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250 Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol bol
Bore size S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ Bore size ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ
20 87 141 112 166 137 191 — — — — 20 128 153 178 — —
25 87 145 112 170 137 195 — — — — 25 132 157 182 — —
32 89 147 114 172 139 197 164 222 — — 32 134 159 184 209 —
40 113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279 40 163 188 213 238 263
D-
* The bracket is shipped together.
* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions. -X
Technical
Data
211
CM2 Series
Head Flange (G)
S
CM2G Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return
Effective thread length FL
Width across flats B1 H2 Width across flats B2 2 x øFD 4 x øFD
H1 NN Plug with fixed orifice P G Mounting
Mounting hole
Width across flats KA

C2
hole

FY
øD

øI

B
øE

MM AL Width across flats NA FX


A K F FZ ø40
H S + Stroke FT
ø20 to ø32
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

Spring extend
Width across flats B1 Width across flats B2
Effective thread length FL
Width across flats KA 2 x øFD
H2 4 x øFD
H1 NN G P Plug with fixed orifice Mounting hole
Mounting hole
C2
øD

FY
øI

B
øE

MM AL Width across flats NA FX ø40


A K F FZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke FT ø20 to ø32
Z + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B B1 B2 C2 D E F FD FL FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM NA NN P
20 18 15.5 34 13 26 30 8 20 0
–0.033 13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8
25 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0
–0.033 13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8
32 22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26–0.033
0
13 7 10.5 4 60 — 75 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8
40 24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 0
–0.039 16 7 13.5 5 66 36 82 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol
Bore size S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ
20 87 132 141 112 157 166 137 182 191 — — — — — —
25 87 136 145 112 161 170 137 186 195 — — — — — —
32 89 138 147 114 163 172 139 188 197 164 213 222 — — —
40 113 168 179 138 193 204 163 218 229 188 243 254 213 268 279

∗ The bracket is shipped together.


∗ Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions.

212
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series
Single Clevis (C)
S
CM2C Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return
Effective thread length FL øCD
Width across flats B1 H1 NN Plug with fixed orifice P
G
Width across flats KA øI CJ1
CJP

NA
øCI
øD
øE

MM AL CX
CJ2
A K F U NA
H S + Stroke L JCM
Z+1.2
0 + Stroke RR
ZZ+1.2
0 + Stroke
CM2
CM3
CG1
Width across flats KA
Spring extend
Effective thread length FL CG3
Width across flats B1 H1 NN G P Plug with fixed orifice øCD

øI JMB
MB

NA
øD

øCI
øE

MB1
MM AL
A K
H + Stroke
F
S + Stroke L
U
CX CA2
Z+1.2
0 + 2 x Stroke RR NA
ZZ+1.2
0 + 2 x Stroke CS1
CS2

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CD CI CX D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN P RR U
20 18 15.5 13 9 24 10 8 20 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 30 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
25 22 19.5 17 9 30 10 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 30 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
32 22 19.5 17 9 30 10 12 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
40 24 21 22 10 38 15 14 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 39 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 11 18

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol
Bore size S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ
20 87 158 167 112 183 192 137 208 217 — — — — — —
25 87 162 171 112 187 196 137 212 221 — — — — — —
32 89 164 173 114 189 198 139 214 223 164 239 248 — — —
40 113 202 213 138 227 238 163 252 263 188 277 288 213 302 313 D-
* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions.
-X
Technical
Data
213
CM2 Series
Double Clevis (D)
S
CM2D Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return
Effective thread length FL øCD hole H10+0.058
0
Width across flats KA Plug with fixed orifice P G Axis d9–0.040
–0.076
Width across flats B1 H1 NN
øI

NA
øCI
øD
øE

MM AL
A K F U CX +0.2
+0.1

H S + Stroke L CZ
Z +1.2
0 + Stroke RR CL
ZZ +1.2
0 + Stroke NA

Spring extend
Effective thread length FL
øCD hole H10+0.058
0
Width across flats KA
NN G P Plug with fixed orifice
Axis d9 –0.040
Width across flats B1 H1 –0.076

øI

NA
øD

øCI
øE

MM AL
A K F U CX +0.2
+0.1

H + Stroke S + Stroke L CZ
Z+1.2
0 + 2 x Stroke RR CL
ZZ+1.2
0 + 2 x Stroke NA

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CD CI CL CX CZ D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN P RR U
20 18 15.5 13 9 24 25 10 19 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 30 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
25 22 19.5 17 9 30 25 10 19 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 30 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
32 22 19.5 17 9 30 25 10 19 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 14
40 24 21 22 10 38 41.2 15 30 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 39 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 11 18

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol
Bore size S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ
20 87 158 167 112 183 192 137 208 217 — — — — — —
25 87 162 171 112 187 196 137 212 221 — — — — — —
32 89 164 173 114 189 198 139 214 223 164 239 248 — — —
40 113 202 213 138 227 238 163 252 263 188 277 288 213 302 313

* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions.

214
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series
Rod Trunnion (U)
S
CM2U Bore size – Stroke T Z
Width across flats KA Width across flats B2
Spring return
Width across Plug with fixed orifice P G NN
flats B1 H1

øTD
CJ1

øD
øTY

øI
øE
CJP
AL
MM Effective thread length FL
A K TT Width across flats NA
TX
Z
CJ2
TZ
H S + Stroke F JCM
ZZ + Stroke
CM2
CM3

Spring extend Width across Width across flats KA CG1


flats B1
Width across flats B2
G P Plug with fixed orifice NN CG3
H1
JMB
øTD
øTY

øD

øI
øE
MB
MM
AL Effective thread length FL
A K TT Width across flats NA MB1
Z + Stroke
TX H + Stroke S + Stroke F
TZ ZZ + 2 x Stroke CA2
CS1
CS2

Boss-cut

Spring return ZZ + Stroke


Spring extend ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 I K KA MM NA NN P TD TT TX TY TZ Z
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 8 10 32 32 52 36
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 10 40 40 60 40
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 10 40 40 60 40
40 24 21 22 41 14 32–0.039
0
16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 10 11 53 53 77 44.5

Dimensions by Stroke (mm) Boss-cut (mm)


Stroke Stroke
Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250 Sym
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
bol bol
Bore size S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ Bore size ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ
20 87 141 112 166 137 191 — — — — 20 128 153 178 — —
25 87 145 112 170 137 195 — — — — 25 132 157 182 — —
32 89 147 114 172 139 197 164 222 — — 32 134 159 184 209 —
40 113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279 40 163 188 213 238 263
D-
* The bracket is shipped together.
* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions. -X
Technical
Data
215
CM2 Series
Head Trunnion (T)
S
CM2T Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return Effective thread length FL

–0.025
–0.061
NN Plug with fixed orifice P G Width across flats B2
Width across flats B1 H1
Width across flats KA

øTD
øTY
øD

øI
øE

MM AL Width across flats NA TX


A K F TZ
H S + Stroke TT
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

Spring extend
Effective thread length FL
G P Width across flats B2
Width across flats B1

–0.025
–0.061
H1 NN Plug with fixed orifice
Width across flats KA

øTD
øTY
øD
øE

øI

MM AL
A K F Width across flats NA TT
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke TX
ZZ + 2 x Stroke TZ

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 I K KA MM NA NN P TD TT TX TY TZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 8 10 32 32 52
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26−0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 10 40 40 60
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 10 40 40 60
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 0
−0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 10 11 53 53 77

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Bore size
Symbol
S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ
20 87 133 143 112 158 168 137 183 193 — — — — — —
25 87 137 147 112 162 172 137 187 197 — — — — — —
32 89 139 149 114 164 174 139 189 199 164 214 224 — — —
40 113 168.5 179 138 193.5 204 163 218.5 229 188 243.5 254 213 268.5 279

* The bracket is shipped together.


* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions.

216
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2 Series
Integrated Clevis (E)
S
CM2E Bore size – Stroke T Z

Spring return LZ + Stroke


ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke LP
H S + Stroke L RR
A K
AL
F P G
U øCD
NA
CX CJ1
Plug with fixed orifice
H1
øI
CJP

NA
øCI
CJ2
øD
øE

LH
MM 2 x øLD
Width across flats B1 NN Effective thread length FL JCM
Width across flats KA
LF LG
LV CM2

LT
LY
Refer to page 190 for the details of clevis pivot brackets.
CM3
CG1
Spring extend LZ + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke LP
CG3
H + Stroke S + Stroke L RR
A K F RcP Plug with fixed orifice U
øCD
+0.058
NA JMB
AL G –0
CX +0
−0.1

H1
øI MB
MB1

NA
øCI
øD
øE

CA2
LH
MM 2 x øLD
Width across flats B1 NN Effective thread length FL
Width across flats KA CS1
LF LG
CS2
LT

LY LV

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 CD CI CX D E F FL G H H1 I K KA L MM NA NN P RR U
20 18 15.5 13 8 20 12 8 20 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 28 5 6 12 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 9 11.5
25 22 19.5 17 8 22 12 10 26 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 12 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 9 11.5
32 22 19.5 17 10 27 20 12 26−0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 15 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 12 14.5
40 24 21 22 10 33 20 14 32 0
−0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 46.5 7 12 15 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 12 14.5

Dimensions by Stroke (mm)


Stroke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Bore size
Symbol
S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ S Z ZZ
20 87 140 149 112 165 174 137 190 199 — — — — — —
25 87 144 153 112 169 178 137 194 203 — — — — — —
32 89 149 161 114 174 186 139 199 211 164 224 236 — — —
40 113 178 190 138 203 215 163 228 240 188 253 265 213 278 290

Clevis Pivot Bracket (mm)


1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Bore size LD LF LG LH LP LT LV LY
LZ LZ LZ LZ LZ
20 6.8 15 30 30 37 3.2 18.4 59 177 202 227 — —
25 6.8 15 30 30 37 3.2 18.4 59 181 206 231 — — D-
32 9 15 40 40 50 4 28 75 199 224 249 274 —
40 9 15 40 40 50 4 28 75 228 253 278 303 328 -X
* Refer to page 209 for female thread dimensions. Technical
Data
217
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2K Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
RoHS

How to Order
Mounting Cylinder stroke (mm)
B Basic (Double-side bossed) T Head trunnion Refer to “Standard Strokes” Pivot bracket
on page 219.
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis Nil None
F Rod flange V Integrated clevis (90°) Bore size Cushion N Pivot bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.
G Head flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic Nil Rubber bumper * Only for C, T, U, E, V, UZ mounting types.
20 20 mm
* Pivot bracket is shipped together with the product,
C Single clevis FZ Boss-cut/Rod flange 25 25 mm A Air cushion
but not assembled.
D Double clevis UZ Boss-cut/Rod trunnion 32 32 mm
U Rod trunnion
40 40 mm Made to Order
Refer to page 219 for details.

CM2K B 40 150 A Z
With auto switch CDM2K B 40 150 A Z M9BW
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Rod end bracket Auto switch Number of
Rod end thread Nil None Nil Without auto switch auto switches
Nil Male rod end V Single knuckle joint * For applicable auto switches, Nil 2 pcs.
F Female rod end refer to the table below.
Rod boot W Double knuckle joint S 1 pc.
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end. n “n” pcs.
Nil None * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint.
J Nylon tarpaulin * Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.
K Heat resistant tarpaulin * Not applicable to XB12.
* For female rod end, no rod boot is provided. * Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 219.
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Indicator

Load voltage Lead wire length (m)


Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable
light

Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None


entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P     — 
M9BV M9B     — 
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C  —    —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A** — — — —  — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A** — — — —  — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW     — 


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1     — 
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93     — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

100 V, 200 V — B54**  —   — — Relay,


—— 200 V or less — B64**  —  — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C  —    —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C  —    — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A** — — — —  — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A** — — — —  —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A** — — — —  —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W  —  — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW   * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM   * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on the D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL ** D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø20 and ø25 cylinder
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ with air cushion.
None ······· N (Example) H7CN
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
218
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2K Series

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
rod shape. Rod non-rotating accuracy ±0.7° ±0.5°
Type Pneumatic
Non-rotating accuracy Action Double acting, Single rod CJ1
ø20, ø25 —±0.7° Fluid Air
ø32, ø40 —±0.5° Proof pressure 1.5 MPa CJP
Can operate without Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
lubrication. Minimum operating pressure 0.05 MPa
CJ2
The same installation Ambient and fluid temperature
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
(No freezing) JCM
dimensions as the standard With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
cylinder. Lubrication Not required (Non-lube) CM2
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance mm
Auto switches can also be 0

mounted. Piston speed 50 to 500 mm/s CM3


Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion
It can be installed with auto switches to
simplify the detection of the stroke position Rubber Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J CG1
of the cylinder. Allowable bumper Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
kinetic Air cushion Male thread 0.54 J 0.78 J 1.27 J 2.35 J CG3
Symbol energy (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.8)
(Effective cushion
Rubber bumper Air cushion length (mm)) Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J JMB
MB
Standard Strokes MB1

Made to Order: Individual Specifications Bore size Maximum manufacturable


CA2
(For details, refer to page 267.) Standard stroke (mm) Note 1)
(mm) stroke (mm)
Symbol Specifications 20
CS1
-X446 PTFE grease 25 CS2
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300 1000
32
Made to Order
Click here for details 40
Note 1) Intermediate strokes not listed above are produced upon receipt of order.
Symbol Specifications Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XAl Change of rod end shape Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XB12 External stainless steel cylinder*2
-XC3 Special port location
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type
Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type*1
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type*1
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type*1 Cylinder model: CDM2KC40-150Z-NV-M9BW
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
Single clevis
-XC20 Head cover axial port Mounting C: Single clevis
-XC22 Fluororubber seal Pivot bracket N: Yes
Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port*1
Single knuckle joint Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Double clevis and double knuckle pins
-XC27 made of stainless steel
* Pivot bracket, single knuckle joint and auto
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw switch are shipped together with the product,
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment but not assembled.

*1 Rubber bumper only.


*2 The shape is the same as the current product.
Pivot bracket
* Pivot bracket is available only for C, T, U, E,
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with
V, UZ mounting types.
auto switches. Auto switch
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
• Auto switch proper mounting position D-
(detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting -X
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no. Technical
Data
219 A
CM2K Series

Mounting and Accessories

Accessories Standard (mounted to the body) Standard (packaged together, but not assembled) Option

(CM2E/CM2V)

(CM2E/CM2V)
(For trunnion)
Note 1)

Note 7)

Note 5)

Note 5)

Note 6)
Clevis pivot Note 5)

Single knuckle joint

Double knuckle joint


Mounting nut
(Male thread)
Mounting nut

Rod end nut

bracket pin

(Male thread only)

(Male thread only)


Clevis pivot

bracket pin
Mounting

clevis pin

Trunnion
bracket
Double

Double
Flange
Single

bracket
clevis

clevis
Body

Liner

Pivot

Pivot
Foot
nut
Mounting
B Basic (Double-side bossed) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — —  
L Axial foot (1 pc.) (1 pc.)Note 2) (1 pc.) — — — (1 pc.)Note 2) (2 pcs.) — — — — — — — —  
F Rod flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  
G Head flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  
C Single clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — (Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
D Double clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — (1 pc.) (Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — (1 pc.) — — — —  
U Rod trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  
T Head trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  
E Integrated clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
V Integrated clevis (90°) (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
BZ Boss-cut/Basic (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — —  
Boss-cut/
FZ Rod flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  

Boss-cut/
UZ Rod trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  

Note 1) Rod end nut is not provided for the female rod end. Note 6) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.
Note 2) Two mounting nuts are packaged together. Note 7) This is the part(s) used to adjust the clevis angle. Mounting quantity can vary.
Note 3) Mounting nut is not packaged for the clevis. * Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available.
Note 4) Trunnion nut is packaged for U, T, UZ. Refer to page 190 for details.
Note 5) Retaining rings are included.

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Min. Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket order Contents (for minimum order quantity)
q’ty 20 25 32 40
Foot* 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis** 1 CM-C020B CM-C032B CM-C040B 1 single clevis, 3 liners
** 1 double clevis, 3 liners,
Double clevis (with pin)*** 1 CM-D020B CM-D032B CM-D040B
1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Double clevis pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-2 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
Rod end nut 1 NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 1 rod end nut
Mounting nut 1 SN-020B SN-032B SN-040B 1 mounting nut
Trunnion nut 1 TN-020B TN-032B TN-040B 1 trunnion nut
Single knuckle joint 1 I-020B I-032B I-040B 1 single knuckle joint
1 double knuckle joint,
Double knuckle joint 1 Y-020B Y-032B Y-040B
1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings
Double knuckle joint pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-3 1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Clevis pivot bracket pin (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CD-S02 CD-S03 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Clevis pivot bracket (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CM-E020B CM-E032B 1 clevis pivot bracket, 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2C) 1 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
Pivot bracket pin (For CM2C) 1 CDP-1 CD-S03 1 pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2T/CM2U) 1 CM-B020 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
* Order 2 foots per cylinder.
** 3 liners are included with a clevis bracket for adjusting the mounting angle.
*** A clevis pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.

B 220
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2K Series

Mounting Brackets, Accessories/Material, Surface Treatment Handling


Warning
Segment Description Material Surface treatment 1. Do not rotate the cover.
Foot Carbon steel Nickel plating If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or
screwing a fitting into the port, it is likely to damage
Flange Carbon steel Nickel plating the junction part with cover.
Mounting
Single clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating
brackets
Double clevis Carbon steel Nickel plating
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully
closed condition. CJ1
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the
Trunnion Cast iron Electroless nickel plating cushion seal to be damaged. When adjusting the
Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
cushion needle, use the “Hexagon wrench key: CJP
nominal size 1.5”.
Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
Trunnion nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide
excessively. CJ2
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide
Clevis pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating
Clevis pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None)
(more than 3 turns from fully closed), it would be
equivalent to the cylinder with no cushion, thus JCM
making the impacts extremely high. Do not use it in
Carbon steel such a way. Besides, using with fully open could
Accessories
Single knuckle joint
ø40: Free-cutting steel
Electroless nickel plating give damage to the piston or cover. CM2
4. Do not open the cushion needle after rotating it
Carbon steel Electroless nickel plating
Double knuckle joint
ø40: Cast iron Metallic silver color painted for ø40
numerous times in a row. Though uncommon,
there are cases in which the cushion needle CM3
may leak air.
Double clevis pin Carbon steel (None) The cushion needle should be adjusted by gradually
Double knuckle joint pin Carbon steel (None)
opening it while checking the operation of the CG1
cylinder cushion.
Pivot bracket Carbon steel Nickel plating
Pivot bracket pin Carbon steel (None)
CG3
Caution
1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that JMB
Weights rotational torque would be applied to the piston
rod.
(kg) If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide MB
will become deformed, thus affecting the non-
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 rotating accuracy.
Basic 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.57 Refer to the table below for the approximate values
of the allowable range of rotational torque.
MB1
Axial foot 0.29 0.37 0.44 0.84
Flange 0.20 0.30 0.37 0.69 Allowable rotational torque
(N·m or less)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 CA2
Integrated clevis 0.12 0.19 0.27 0.53 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.44
Basic Single clevis 0.18 0.25 0.32 0.66
weight Double clevis 0.19 0.27 0.33 0.70
To screw a bracket or a nut onto the threaded portion
at the tip of the piston rod, make sure to retract the
CS1
Trunnion 0.18 0.28 0.34 0.67 piston rod entirely, and place a wrench over the flat
Boss-cut/Basic 0.13 0.19 0.26 0.53
portion of the rod that protrudes.
Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the
CS2
Boss-cut/Flange 0.19 0.28 0.35 0.66 tightening torque from being applied to the non-
Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.17 0.26 0.32 0.63 rotating guide.
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.14
Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04
Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.14
Option
Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
bracket
Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20
Calculation: (Example) CM2KL32-100Z
O Basic weight···············0.44 (Foot, ø32)
O Additional weight········0.09/50 stroke 2. When replacing rod seals, please contact SMC.
Air leakage may be happened, depending on the
O Cylinder stroke···········100 stroke position in which a rod seal is fitted. Thus, please
0.44 + 0.09 x 100/50 = 0.62 kg contact SMC when replacing them.
3. Not able to disassemble.
Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other
by caulking method, thus making it impossible to
disassemble. Therefore, internal parts of a cylinder
Precautions other than rod seal are not replaceable.
4. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back running at a high speed and a high frequency,
because the surface of a cylinder tube could get so
page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for Actuator and hot enough as to cause you get burned.
Auto Switch Precautions. 5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
7. When using a rod end bracket and/or pivot
bracket, make sure they do not interfere with
other brackets, workpieces and rod section, etc.
8. Combine the rod end section, so that a rod boot
might not be twisted.
If a rod boot is installed with being twisted when
installing a cylinder, it will cause a rod boot to fail
during operation.
D-
-X
Technical
Data
221 C
CM2K Series
Construction
Rubber bumper

i u !8 y q te !0 r !3 !7 !4 !1 !2 @A

!6 !5

@B @C o
Rod section

Boss-cut Integrated clevis

With air cushion


!8

Rod section

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 12 Retaining ring Stainless steel
2A Head cover A Aluminum alloy Anodized 13 Piston seal NBR
2B Head cover B Aluminum alloy Anodized 14 Wear ring Resin
2C Head cover C Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 16 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
4 Piston Aluminum alloy 17 Magnet — CDM2Kl20 to 40-lZ
5 Piston rod Stainless steel 18 Rod seal NBR
6 Non-rotating guide Bearing alloy
7 Seal retainer Carbon steel Nickel plating Replacement Part: Seal
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating
With Rubber Bumper/With Air Cushion
9 Clevis bushing Copper oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Part no.
10 Bumper Resin No. Description Material
20 25 32 40
11 Bumper Resin
18 Rod seal NBR CM2K20-PS CM2K25-PS CM2K32-PS CM2K40-PS

* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
222
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2K Series
Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)
CM2KB Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across flats B2 H2 G 2 x RcP G 2 x NN
Width across flats B1 H1 øI

2 x øEh8
CJ1

NA
MM AL
Effective thread length
NA CJP
2 x FL
Width across flats KB A F
H S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
F CJ2
JCM
With rod boot Boss-cut
8 8 CM2
l Width across flats B3
CM3
CG1
øe

JH

ZZ + Stroke CG3
f
h JW
ZZ + Stroke JMB
MB
With air cushion
Cushion needle Cushion needle MB1
(Width across flats 1.5) (Width across flats 1.5) Female rod end
45°
WA WA 45° CA2
Female thread MM
Thread depth A1 CS1
CS2
H
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 E F FL G H H1 H2 I KB MM NA NN P S ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 20 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 8.2 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 116
25 22 19.5 17 32 26 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 10.2 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 120
32 22 19.5 17 32 26−0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 12.2 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 122
40 24 21 22 41 32 0
−0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 14.2 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 154

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol
h l ZZ
Stro
ke B3 e f JH JW
Bore size 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 143 156 168 181 206 23.5 10.5
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 147 160 172 185 210 23.5 10.5
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 149 162 174 187 212 23.5 10.5
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 181 194 206 219 244 27 10.5

Boss-cut (mm) With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)
ZZ Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
Bore size Without With rod boot 20 13 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 95
rod boot 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 25 13 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 95
20 103 130 143 155 168 193 32 13 32 12 20 M6 x 1 97
25 107 134 147 159 172 197 40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 125
32 109 136 149 161 174 199 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when tightening
40 138 165 178 190 203 228 the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent the contact part at
D-
Dimensions of Each Mounting Bracket the rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
-X
The dimensions are the same as standard type, double acting, single rod, except the configuration of the piston rod. Refer to pages 181 to 188.
Specifications for the auto switch equipped type are the same as the CDM2 series standard type. Technical
Data
223
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

CM2KW
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
Series RoHS

How to Order

Cylinder stroke (mm)


Mounting Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 225.
B Basic (Double-side bossed) Cushion
L Axial foot
Nil Rubber bumper
F Flange
A Air cushion
U Trunnion
Made to Order
Refer to page 225 for details.

CM2KW L 40 150 A Z
With auto switch CDM2KW L 40 150 A Z M9BW
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Bore size Number of
20 Rod end thread
20 mm auto switches
Non-rotating rod type 25 25 mm Nil Male rod end
F Female rod end Nil 2 pcs.
32 32 mm S 1 pc.
40 40 mm n “n” pcs.
Auto switch
Nil Without auto switch
* For applicable auto switches,
refer to the table below.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m)
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None


entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P     — 
M9BV M9B     — 
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C  —    —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A** — — — —  — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A** — — — —  — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW     — 


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1     — 
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93     — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

100 V, 200 V — B54**  —   — — Relay,


—— 200 V or less — B64**  —  — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C  —    —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C  —    — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A** — — — —  — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A** — — — —  —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A** — — — —  —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W  —  — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW   * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM   * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on the D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL ** D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø20 and ø25 cylinder
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ with air cushion.
None ······· N (Example) H7CN
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
224
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2KW Series

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
rod shape. Rod non-rotating accuracy ±0.7° ±0.5°
Type Pneumatic
Non-rotating accuracy Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion CJ1
ø20, ø25 —±0.7° Action Double acting, Double rod
ø32, ø40 —±0.5° Fluid Air CJP
Can operate without Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
lubrication. Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
CJ2
Minimum operating pressure
The same installation 0.08 MPa
JCM
dimensions as the standard Ambient and fluid temperature
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
(No freezing)
cylinder. With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
CM2
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Auto switches can also be Stroke length tolerance +1.4
CM3
mm
mounted. 0

Piston speed 50 to 500 mm/s


It can be installed with auto switches to
simplify the detection of the stroke position Rubber Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J CG1
of the cylinder. Allowable bumper Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
kinetic Air cushion Male thread 0.54 J 0.78 J 1.27 J 2.35 J CG3
energy (Effective cushion (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.8)
Symbol length (mm)) Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J JMB
Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes MB

Maximum manufacturable MB1


Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Note 1)
stroke (mm)
20 CA2
Air cushion 25
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300 500 CS1
32
40 CS2
Note 1) Intermediate strokes not listed above are produced upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

Made to Order: Individual Specifications


(For details, refer to page 267.) Accessories
Symbol Specifications
-X446 PTFE grease Refer to pages 189 and 190 for accessories, since it is the same as standard type, double acting, single rod.

* Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available.


Made to Order Refer to page 190 for details.
Click here for details
Symbol Specifications Mounting and Accessories
-XAl Change of rod end shape
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
Accessory Standard Option
-XC3 Special port location
Note 2)
Mounting Rod end Single knuckle Double knuckle Pivot
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
Mounting nut nut joint joint bracket
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
-XC22 Fluororubber seal Basic  (1 pc.)  (2 pcs.)  
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port* Axial foot  (2 pcs.)  (2 pcs.)   —
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw Flange  (1 pc.)  (2 pcs.)  
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Trunnion  (1 pc.)
Note1)
 (2 pcs.)   
* Rubber bumper only. Note 1) Trunnion nut is attached to the trunnion.
Note 2) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are shipped together with double knuckle joint.

Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.


D-
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting -X
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no. Technical
Data
225 B
CM2KW Series

Weights
(kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Basic (Double-side bossed) 0.16 0.25 0.32 0.66
Basic Axial foot 0.31 0.41 0.48 0.93
weight Flange 0.22 0.34 0.41 0.78
Trunnion 0.20 0.32 0.38 0.76
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.06 0.1 0.14 0.20 Calculation: (Example) CM2KWL32-100Z
Weight reduction for female rod end –0.02 –0.04 –0.04 –0.08  Basic weight··············0.48 (Foot, ø32)
 Additional weight·······0.14/50 stroke
Option Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23  Cylinder stroke··········100 stroke
bracket Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20 0.48 + 0.14 x 100/50 = 0.76 kg

Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Min. Bore size (mm) Contents


Mounting bracket order
q’ty 20 25 32 40 (for minimum order quantity)
Axial foot * 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
* Order 2 foots per cylinder unit.

Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Handling
Warning Caution
1. Do not rotate the cover. 1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod.
into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide will become
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully closed deformed, thus affecting the non-rotating accuracy.
condition. Refer to the table below for the approximate values of the
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the cushion seal to be allowable range of rotational torque.
damaged. When adjusting the cushion needle, use the “Hexagon Allowable rotational torque ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
wrench key: nominal size 1.5”. (N·m or less) 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.44
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide excessively.
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide (more than 3 To screw a bracket or a nut onto the threaded portion at the tip of
turns from fully closed), it would be equivalent to the cylinder with no the piston rod, make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and
cushion, thus making the impacts extremely high. Do not use it in place a wrench over the flat portion of the rod that protrudes.
such a way. Besides, using with fully open could give damage to the Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque
piston or cover. from being applied to the non-rotating guide.
4. Do not open the cushion needle after rotating it nu-
merous times in a row. Though uncommon, there are
cases in which the cushion needle may leak air.
The cushion needle should be adjusted by gradually opening it while
checking the operation of the cylinder cushion.

2. When replacing rod seals, please contact SMC.


Air leakage may be happened, depending on the position in which
a rod seal is fitted. Thus, please contact SMC when replacing them.
3. Not able to disassemble.
Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking
method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore,
internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
4. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
7. When using a rod end bracket, make sure it does not
interfere with other brackets, workpieces and rod
section, etc.
B 226
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Double Rod CM2KW Series

Construction

Rubber bumper

o !8 u q t w !2 !6 !3 e !1 y !7 i !0 r
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
JCM
CM2
!4 !5
CM3
Rod section Rod section CG1
CG3
With air cushion !8 !7
JMB
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Rod section Rod section

Component Parts Replacement Parts: Seal


No. Description Material Note P With Rubber Bumper/With Air Cushion
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized Bore size (mm)
No. Description Material
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 20 25 32 40
3 Piston Aluminum alloy
17 Rod seal A NBR CM20Z-PS CM25Z-PS CM32Z-PS CM40Z-PS
4 Piston rod A Carbon steel Hard chrome plating
5 Piston rod B Stainless steel 18 Rod seal B NBR CM2K20-PS CM2K25-PS CM2K32-PS CM2K40-PS
6 Bushing Bearing alloy
7 Non-rotating guide Bearing alloy * Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
8 Seal retainer A Stainless steel
9 Seal retainer B Carbon steel Nickel plating
10 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating
11 Bumper Resin
12 Bumper Resin
13 Piston seal NBR
14 Mounting nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
15 Rod end nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
16 Magnet — CDM2KWl20 to 40-lZ
17 Rod seal A NBR
18 Rod seal B NBR
D-
-X
Technical
Data
227
CM2KW Series

Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)


CM2WKB Bore size – Stroke Z

Width across flats B2 H2 G 2 x Rc P G 2 x NN

Width across flats B1 H1 øI

øD
2 x øEh8

NA
MM Effective thread length MM
Width across flats KB AL 1.5 1.5 2 x FL AL Width across flats KA
A F F K A NA
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

With air cushion


Cushion needle
WA WA (Width across flats 1.5)
45°

Female rod end

Female thread MM Female thread MM


Thread depth A1 Thread depth A1

3.5
H H + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 H2 I K KA KB MM NA NN P S ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 8.2 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 144
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26 0
−0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 10.2 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 152
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26−0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 12.2 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 154
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 0
−0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 14.2 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 188

With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)


Bore size WA Bore size A1 H MM ZZ
20 13 20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 102 * When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
25 13 25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 102 tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to prevent
32 13 32 12 20 M6 x 1 104
the contact part at the rod end from being deformed
40 16 40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 130 depending on the material of the workpiece.

Dimensions of Each Mounting Bracket


The dimensions of each mounting bracket other than basic type are the same as standard type, double acting, double rod (except KA dimension).
Refer to pages 200 to 202.

228
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

CM2K Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 RoHS

How to Order CJ1

Mounting Cylinder stroke (mm)


CJP
B Basic (Double-side bossed) T Head trunnion Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 230.
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis CJ2
Action Rod end thread Pivot bracket
F Rod flange V Integrated clevis (90°)
G Head flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic S Single acting, Spring return Nil Male rod end
Nil None JCM
C Single clevis FZ Boss-cut/Rod flange T Single acting, Spring extend F Female rod end N Pivot bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.
D Double clevis UZ Boss-cut/Rod trunnion * Only for C, T, U, E, V, UZ mounting
types.
CM2
U Rod trunnion
* Pivot bracket is shipped together with the
product, but not assembled. CM3
CM2K L 32 150 S Z CG1

With auto switch CDM2K L 32 150 S Z M9BW CG3

With auto switch


JMB
(Built-in magnet) Rod end bracket Auto switch Number of auto switches
Nil None Nil Without auto switch
Nil 2 pcs. MB
Bore size V Single knuckle joint * For applicable auto switches, refer S 1 pc.
20 20 mm W Double knuckle joint
to the table below.
n “n” pcs. MB1
25 25 mm * No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
Made to Order
32 32 mm * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint.
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled. Refer to page 230 for details. CA2
40 40 mm * Not applicable to XB12.
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 230. CS1
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m) CS2
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry 0.5 1 3 5 None connector


(Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P     — 
M9BV M9B     — 
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C  —    —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — —  — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — —  — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW     — 


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1     — 
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93     — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

100 V, 200 V — B54  —   — — Relay,


—— 200 V or less — B64  —  — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C  —    —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C  —    — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — —  — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A — — — —  —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A — — — —  —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W  —  — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on the D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models. D-
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN -X
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649. Technical
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.) Data
229
CM2K Series

A cylinder which rod does not rotate Specifications


because of the hexagonal rod shape.
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±0.7° ±0.5°
Non-rotating accuracy Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
ø20, ø25—±0.7° Fluid Air
ø32, ø40—±0.5° Cushion Rubber bumper
Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Can operate without lubrication. Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Minimum operating Spring return 0.18 MPa
The same installation dimensions pressure Spring extend 0.23 MPa

as the standard cylinder. Ambient and fluid temperature


Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
(No freezing)

Auto switches can also be mounted. Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)


+1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm
It can be installed with auto switches to
simplify the detection of the stroke position of Piston speed 50 to 500 mm/s
the cylinder. Allowable Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
kinetic energy Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
Symbol
Single acting, Spring return, Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes

Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Note)


20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
25 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
Single acting, Spring extend, Rubber bumper 32 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) Please contact SMC for longer strokes.
Note 3) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
Made to Order the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
Click here for details
Symbol Specifications Mounting Bracket Spring Reaction Force
-XAl Change of rod end shape For the mounting bracket part numbers Refer to page 1900 (Table (3) Spring
-XB12 External stainless steel cylinder* other than basic type, refer to page 231. Reaction Force).
-XC3 Special port location
-XC6 Made of stainless steel Theoretical Output Accessories
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
Refer to page 1903 (Theoretical Output 1). Refer to pages 189 and 190 for
-XC20 Head cover axial port
accessories, since it is the same as
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port
standard type, double acting, single rod.
-XC27 Double clevis and double knuckle pins made of stainless steel
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
* The shape is the same as the current product. Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly

Cylinder model: CDM2KC32-150SZ-NV-M9BW


Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with
auto switches. Single clevis
Mounting C: Single clevis
• Auto switch proper mounting position Pivot bracket N: Yes
(detection at stroke end) and its mounting height Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
Single knuckle joint Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range * Pivot bracket, single knuckle joint and auto
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no. switch are shipped together with the product,
but not assembled.

Pivot bracket
* Pivot bracket is available only for C, T, U, E,
V, UZ mounting types.
Auto switch
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end.

A 230
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2K Series

Mounting and Accessories

Accessories Standard (mounted to the body) Standard (packaged together, but not assembled) Option

(CM2E/CM2V)

(CM2E/CM2V)
Note 1)

Note 7)

Note 5)

Note 5)

Note 6)
Clevis pivot Note 5)

Single knuckle joint

Double knuckle joint


(For trunnion)
(Male thread)
Mounting nut

Mounting nut
Rod end nut

bracket pin

(Male thread only)

(Male thread only)


Clevis pivot

bracket pin
Mounting

clevis pin

Trunnion
bracket
Double

Double
Flange
Single

bracket
clevis

clevis
CJ1
Body

Liner

Pivot

Pivot
Foot
nut
Mounting
B Basic (Double-side bossed) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — —  
L Axial foot (1 pc.) (1 pc.)Note 2) (1 pc.) — — — (1 pc.)Note 2) (2 pcs.) — — — — — — — —  
CJP
F Rod flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  
G Head flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  
CJ2
C Single clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — (Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
D Double clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — (1 pc.) (Max. 3 pcs.) — Note 3) — — — — (1 pc.) — — — —  
JCM
U Rod trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  
T Head trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  
CM2
E Integrated clevis (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
V Integrated clevis (90°) (1 pc.) — Note 3) (1 pc.) — — — — Note 3) — — — — — — — — —  
CM3
BZ Boss-cut/Basic (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — — — — —  
CG1
Boss-cut/
FZ Rod flange (1 pc.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — — — — — (1 pc.) — — — — — — —  
CG3
Boss-cut/
UZ Rod trunnion (1 pc.) — Note 4) (1 pc.) — — — — — — — — — (1 pc.) (1 pc.) — —  
JMB
Note 1) Rod end nut is not provided for the female rod end. Note 6) A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.
Note 2) Two mounting nuts are packaged together. Note 7) This is the part(s) used to adjust the clevis angle. Mounting quantity can vary.
Note 3) Mounting nut is not packaged for the clevis. * Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available. MB
Note 4) Trunnion nut is packaged for U, T, UZ. Refer to page 190 for details.
Note 5) Retaining rings are included. MB1

Mounting Brackets/Part No. CA2

Min. Bore size (mm)


CS1
Mounting bracket order Contents (for minimum order quantity)
q’ty 20 25 32 40
Foot* 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
CS2
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis** 1 CM-C020B CM-C032B CM-C040B 1 single clevis, 3 liners
** 1 double clevis, 3 liners,
Double clevis (with pin)*** 1 CM-D020B CM-D032B CM-D040B
1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Double clevis pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-2 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
Rod end nut 1 NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 1 rod end nut
Mounting nut 1 SN-020B SN-032B SN-040B 1 mounting nut
Trunnion nut 1 TN-020B TN-032B TN-040B 1 trunnion nut
Single knuckle joint 1 I-020B I-032B I-040B 1 single knuckle joint
1 double knuckle joint,
Double knuckle joint 1 Y-020B Y-032B Y-040B
1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings
Double knuckle joint pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-3 1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Clevis pivot bracket pin (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CD-S02 CD-S03 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Clevis pivot bracket (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CM-E020B CM-E032B 1 clevis pivot bracket, 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2C) 1 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
Pivot bracket pin (For CM2C) 1 CDP-1 CD-S03 1 pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2T) 1 CM-B020 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type)
* Order 2 foots per cylinder.
** 3 liners are included with a clevis bracket for adjusting the mounting angle.
*** A clevis pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included.

D-
-X
Technical
Data
231 B
CM2K Series

Weights
Spring Return/( ): Denotes Spring Extend. (kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
25 stroke 0.20 (0.19) 0.31 (0.30) 0.43 (0.41) 0.78 (0.75)
50 stroke 0.23 (0.21) 0.34 (0.33) 0.48 (0.45) 0.86 (0.83)
75 stroke 0.29 (0.25) 0.43 (0.41) 0.61 (0.56) 1.08 (0.99)
Basic 100 stroke 0.31 (0.27) 0.47 (0.44) 0.66 (0.60) 1.14 (1.06)
weight 125 stroke 0.37 (0.32) 0.56 (0.52) 0.81 (0.72) 1.34 (1.23)
150 stroke 0.39 (0.34) 0.59 (0.55) 0.85 (0.76) 1.39 (1.31)
200 stroke − (−) − (−) 1.04 (0.92) 1.71 (1.54)
250 stroke − (−) − (−) − (−) 2.00 (1.78)
Foot 0.15 (0.15) 0.16 (0.16) 0.16 (0.16) 0.27 (0.27)
Flange 0.06 (0.06) 0.09 (0.09) 0.09 (0.09) 0.12 (0.12)
Single clevis 0.04 (0.04) 0.04 (0.04) 0.04 (0.04) 0.09 (0.09)
Double clevis 0.05 (0.05) 0.06 (0.06) 0.06 (0.06) 0.13 (0.13)
Mounting Trunnion 0.04 (0.04) 0.07 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07) 0.10 (0.10)
brackets Integrated clevis −0.02 (−0.02) −0.02 (−0.02) −0.01 (−0.01) −0.04 (−0.04)
Boss-cut/Basic −0.01 (−0.01) −0.02 (−0.02) −0.02 (−0.02) −0.03 (−0.03)
Boss-cut/Flange 0.05 (0.05) 0.07 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07) 0.09 (0.09)
Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.03 (0.03) 0.05 (0.05) 0.05 (0.05) 0.07 (0.07)
Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07) 0.14 (0.14) 0.14 (0.14)
Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04
Option Single knuckle joint 0.06 (0.06) 0.06 (0.06) 0.06 (0.06) 0.23 (0.23)
bracket Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07) 0.20 (0.20)
Calculation
(Example) CM2KL32-100SZ (Bore size ø32, Foot, 100 stroke)
0.66 (Basic weight) + 0.16 (Mounting bracket weight) = 0.82 kg

Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Handling
Warning Caution
1. Do not rotate the cover. 2. When replacing rod seals, please contact SMC.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting Air leakage may be happened, depending on the position in which
into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. a rod seal is fitted. Thus, please contact SMC when replacing
them.
Caution 3. Not able to disassemble.
1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking
rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore,
If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide will become internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
deformed, thus affecting the non-rotating accuracy. 4. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
Refer to the table below for the approximate values of the
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
allowable range of rotational torque.
speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
Allowable rotational torque ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
(N·m or less) 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.44 5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
To screw a bracket or a nut onto the threaded portion at the tip of 6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
the piston rod, make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and
place a wrench over the flat portion of the rod that protrudes. 7. When using a rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket,
Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque make sure they do not interfere with other brackets,
from being applied to the non-rotating guide. workpieces and rod section, etc.

A 232
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend CM2K Series
Construction

Spring return t y !1 q !2 o i e !0 r !7 @2 !8 !4 !5 @
A

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
@
B @C !9
@1 @0 JCM

Rod section CM2


CM3
CG1
Boss-cut Integrated clevis CG3
JMB
Spring extend !5 u !6 y q !3 r !7 @2 !8 !0 e i o !2 !1 @
A
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
@B @
C !9
@1 t @0

Rod section

Boss-cut Integrated clevis

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Retaining ring Stainless steel
2A Head cover A Aluminum alloy Anodized 16 Rod seal NBR
2B Head cover B Aluminum alloy Anodized 17 Piston seal NBR
2C Head cover C Aluminum alloy Anodized 18 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 19 Clevis bushing Bearing alloy
4 Piston Aluminum alloy 20 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
5 Piston rod Stainless steel 21 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
6 Non-rotating guide Bearing alloy 22 Magnet — CDM2Kl20 to 40-lS/TZ
7 Seal retainer Carbon steel Nickel plating
8 Return spring Steel wire Zinc chromated
9 Spring guide Aluminum alloy Chromated
Replacement Part: Seal
10 Spring seat Aluminum alloy Chromated Part no.
11 Plug with fixed orifice Alloy steel Black zinc chromated
No. Description Material
20 25 32 40 D-
12 Bumper Resin
13 Bumper A Resin
16 Rod seal NBR CM2K20-PS CM2K25-PS CM2K32-PS CM2K40-PS -X
* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
14 Bumper B Resin
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
Technical
Data
233
CM2K Series
Basic (Double-side Bossed) (B)
CM2KB Bore size – Stroke ST
Spring return Width across flats B2
Width across flats KB H2 Plug with fixed orifice RcP G 2 × NN
H1
Width across flats B1
øI

2 × øEh8

NA
MM
AL 1.5 1.5 Effective thread
A F length NA
H S + Stroke F 2 × FL
ZZ + Stroke

Spring extend Width across flats B2 G


Width across H2 RcP Plug with fixed orifice 2 x NN
Width across flats B1 H1 flats KB øI

2 × øEh8

NA
MM
AL 1.5 1.5 Effective thread
A F length NA
H + Stroke S + Stroke F 2 x FL
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Boss-cut

Spring return ZZ + Stroke


Spring extend ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Female rod end


Spring return Female thread MM Spring extend Female thread MM
Thread depth A1 Thread depth A1

H S + Stroke H + Stroke S + Stroke


ZZ + Stroke ZZ + 2 x Stroke

(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 E F FL G H H1 H2 I KB MM NA NN P
20 18 15.5 13 26 20–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 41 5 8 28 8.2 M8 x 1.25 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8
25 22 19.5 17 32 26 0
–0.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 33.5 10.2 M10 x 1.25 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8
32 22 19.5 17 32 26–0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 37.5 12.2 M10 x 1.25 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8
40 24 21 22 41 32 0
–0.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 14.2 M14 x 1.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4
Dimensions by Stroke (mm) Boss-cut (mm)
Stroke Stroke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Sym Sym
bol bol
Bore size S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ Bore size ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ
20 87 141 112 166 137 191 — — — — 20 128 153 178 — —
25 87 145 112 170 137 195 — — — — 25 132 157 182 — —
32 89 147 114 172 139 197 164 222 — — 32 134 159 184 209 —
40 113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279 40 163 188 213 238 263

Female Rod End (mm)


Stroke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
Sym
bol A1 H MM
Bore size S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ S ZZ * When female thread is used, use a thin
20 8 20 M4 x 0.7 87 120 112 145 137 170 — — — — wrench when tightening the piston rod.
25 8 20 M5 x 0.8 87 120 112 145 137 170 — — — — * When female thread is used, use a washer
etc. to prevent the contact part at the rod end
32 12 20 M6 x 1 89 122 114 147 139 172 164 197 — —
from being deformed depending on the
40 13 21 M8 x 1.25 113 150 138 175 163 200 188 225 213 250 material of the workpiece.
234
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2R Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
RoHS

How to Order CJ1

Bore size Cylinder stroke (mm) CJP


20 20 mm Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 236.

Type 25 25 mm Cushion CJ2


Nil Pneumatic 32 32 mm Nil Rubber bumper
H Air-hydro 40 40 mm A Air cushion Made to Order JCM
Refer to page 236 for details.
* Air-hydro cylinder: Rubber
bumper only
(Refer to “Air-hydro type” on page
238.) CM2

CM2 R A 20 100 A Z CM3


CG1
With auto switch CDM2 R A 20 100 A Z M9BW CG3
With auto switch Number of auto switches
(Built-in magnet) Rod end bracket JMB
Nil 2 pcs.
Mounting Nil None S
A Bottom mounting type V Single knuckle joint
1 pc.
MB
n “n” pcs.
B Front mounting type W Double knuckle joint
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
Auto switch MB1
Rod end thread * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. Nil Without auto switch
Nil Male rod end * Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not
assembled.
*For applicable auto switches, CA2
F Female rod end refer to the table below.

* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 236. CS1


Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m) CS2
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry (Output) 0.5 1 3 5 None connector


DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P     — 
M9BV M9B     — 
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C  —    —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A** — — — —  — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A** — — — —  — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW     — 


Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit PLC
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1     — 
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
— 5V — A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93     — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

100 V, 200 V — B54**  —   — — Relay,


—— 200 V or less — B64**  —  — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C  —    —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C  —    — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A** — — — —  — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A** — — — —  —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A** — — — —  —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W  —  — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on the D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models. D-
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL ** D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø20 and ø25 cylinder
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ with air cushion.
None ······· N (Example) H7CN -X
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649. Technical
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.) Data
235
CM2R Series

Specifications
The CM2R direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
the use of a square rod cover. Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air
Space saving has been realized. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Because it is a directly mounted type without using
brackets, its overall length is shorter, and its installation Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
pitch can be made smaller. Thus, the space that is Minimum operating pressure 0.05 MPa
required for installation has been dramatically reduced.
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
Improved installation Ambient and fluid temperature
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
(No freezing)
accuracy and strength Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
A centering boss has been provided to improve the
installation accuracy. Also, because it is the directly Stroke length tolerance 0 mm
+1.4

mounted type, the strength has been increased. Piston speed Rubber bumper: 50 to 750 mm/s, Air cushion: 50 to 1000 mm/s
Two types of installation Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion
Two types of installations are available and can
be selected according to the purpose: the front Rubber Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
mounting type or the bottom mounting type. Allowable bumper Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
kinetic Air cushion Male thread 0.54 J 0.78 J 1.27 J 2.35 J
energy (Effective cushion (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.8)
length (mm)) Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J

Standard Strokes

Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Note 1) Max. manufacturable stroke (mm)
Bottom mounting Front mounting
type type 20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

Symbol 25 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200


1000
Double acting, Single rod Air cushion 32 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Made to Order: Individual Specifications Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
(For details, refer to page 267.) the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
Note 3) Refer to the next page for Precautions.
Symbol Specifications
-X446 PTFE grease

Made to Order Tightening Torque : Tighten the cylinder mounting bolts for the bottom mounting
Click here for details type (CM2RA series) with the following tightening torque.
Symbol Specifications
-XAl Change of rod end shape Bore size (mm) Hexagon socket head cap screw size Tightening torque (N·m)
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
20 M5 x 0.8 2.4 to 3.6
-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (–40 to 70°C)*1
-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)*1 25 M6 4.2 to 6.2
-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)*2 32 M8 10.0 to 15.0
-XC3 Special port location 40 M10 19.6 to 29.4
-XC5 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 110°C)
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type*1
-XC8
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type*1
Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting Cylinder model: CDM2RA20-100Z-V-M9BW
-XC20 Head cover axial port*1
Bottom mounting type
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
Mounting A: Bottom mounting type
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port*1 Single knuckle joint Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
*1 Rubber bumper only. * Single knuckle joint and auto switch are
*2 The shape is the same as the current product. shipped together with the product, but not
assembled.
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection * No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting Auto switch
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
B 236
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2R Series

Accessories

Accessories Standard Option

Mounting Rod end nut Single knuckle joint Double knuckle joint (with pin) *1
Bottom mounting type   
Front mounting type   
CJ1
*1 A knuckle pin and retaining rings (split pin for ø40) are shipped together.
*2 For dimensions and part nu1mbers of options, refer to pages 189 and 190. CJP
*3 Stainless steel accessories are also available. Refer to page 190 for details.
CJ2
Weights
(kg) JCM
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 Calculation:
(Example) CM2RA32-100Z CM2
Bottom mounting type 0.14 0.23 0.32 0.62
Basic weight (ø32, 100 stroke, Bottom mounting)
Front mounting type 0.14 0.22 0.32 0.61 O Basic weight··················0.32 kg CM3
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.13 O Additional weight···········0.08 kg
O Cylinder stroke··············100 stroke
Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04 0.32 + 0.08 x 100/50 = 0.48 kg
CG1
CG3
Precautions JMB
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 MB
to 12 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
MB1
Handling
CA2
Warning Caution
1. Do not rotate the cover. 1. Not able to disassemble. CS1
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking
into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore, CS2
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully closed condition. internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the cushion seal to be damaged. When 2. Use caution to the popping of a retaining ring.
adjusting the cushion needle, use the “Hexagon wrench key: nominal size 1.5”. When replacing rod seals and removing and mounting a retaining
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide excessively. ring, use a proper tool (retaining ring plier: tool for installing a type
C retaining ring). Even if a proper tool is used, it is likely to inflict
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide (more than 3 turns
damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining
from fully closed), it would be equivalent to the cylinder with no cushion,
ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier. Be much careful with the
thus making the impacts extremely high. Do not use it in such a way.
popping of a retaining ring. Besides, be certain that a retaining ring
Besides, using with fully open could give damage to the piston or cover.
is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at
4. Do not open the cushion needle after rotating it numerous times in a row. the time of installment.
Though uncommon, there are cases in which the cushion needle may leak air. 3. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
The cushion needle should be adjusted by gradually opening it
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
while checking the operation of the cylinder cushion.
speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
5. In the case of exceeding the standard stroke length, tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
implement an intermediate support. 4. Do not use the air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder.
When using cylinder with longer stroke, implement an intermediate
If it uses turbine oil in place of fluids for cylinder, it may result in oil
support for preventing the joint of rod cover and cylinder tube from
leak.
being broken by vibration or external load.
6. Operate the cylinder within the specified cylinder 5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
speed, kinetic energy and lateral load at the rod end. 6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
7. The allowable kinetic energy is different between the cylinders with 7. When using a rod end bracket, make sure it does not
male rod end and with female rod end due to the different thread sizes. interfere with other brackets, workpieces and rod sec-
8. When female rod end is used, use a washer, etc. to prevent the contact part at tion, etc.
the rod end from being deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.
9. Do not apply excessive lateral load to the piston rod.
Easy checking method
Minimum operating pressure after the cylinder is mounted to the equipment
D-
(MPa) = Minimum operating pressure of cylinder (MPa) + {Load mass (kg) x
Friction coefficient of guide/Sectional area of cylinder (mm2)} -X
If smooth operation is confirmed within the above value, the load on the cylinder
Technical
is the resistance of the thrust only and it can be judged as having no lateral load. Data
237 C
CM2R Series

Clean Series

10-CM2R Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Z

Clean Series (With relief port)

Specifications
The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room Action Double acting, Single rod
graded ISO Class 4 by making an actuator’s rod section a double
seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
outside of clean room. Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.05 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Relief port size M5 x 0.8
Piston speed 30 to 400 mm/s
Mounting Bottom mounting type, Front mounting type
* Auto switch can be mounted.

Construction
Front mounting type Bottom mounting type

M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8
Relief port GC Relief port GC

(mm)
Bore size (mm) GC
20 6
25 6
32 7 For detailed specifications about the clean series, refer to the
40 9 “Pneumatic Clean Series” (CAT.E02-23).

Air-hydro

CM2HR Mounting type Bore size – Stroke Z – Made to Order

Air-hydro

Specifications
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0 Type Air-hydro
MPa or below.
Fluid Turbine oil
Through the concurrent use of the CC series air-hydro unit, it is
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an Action Double acting, Single rod
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
pneumatic equipment such as a valve. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.18 MPa
Piston speed 15 to 300 mm/s
Cushion Rubber bumper
Ambient and fluid temperature +5 to +60°C
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm

Mounting Bottom mounting type, Front mounting type


O For construction, refer to page 239.
Made to Order** -XC3 Special port location
O Since the dimensions of mounting type are the same as pages 240 and
* Auto switch can be mounted. Dimensions are the same as the standard type.
241, refer to those pages.
** For details, refer to pages 1703 to 1896.

238
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2R Series

Construction
Rubber bumper
t i u !5 y q o e r !1 !4 !2 !0 w

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
JCM
!3
CM2
Air-hydro
!5
CM3
CG1
CG3
JMB
MB

With air cushion


MB1
!5
CA2
CS1
CS2

Component Parts Replacement Part: Seal


No. Description Material Note P With Rubber Bumper/With Air Cushion
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized Part no.
No. Description Material
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 20 25 32 40
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 15 Rod seal NBR CM20Z-PS CM25Z-PS CM32Z-PS CM40Z-PS
4 Piston Aluminum alloy
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating P Air-hydro
Part no.
6 Bushing Bearing alloy No. Description Material
20 25 32 40
7 Seal retainer Stainless steel
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating 15 Rod seal NBR CM2H20-PS CM2H25-PS CM2H32-PS CM2H40-PS
9 Bumper Resin ø25 or larger is
* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
10 Bumper Resin common.
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
11 Piston seal NBR
12 Wear ring Resin
13 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
14 Magnet — CDM2Rl20 to 40-lZ
D-
15 Rod seal NBR

For auto switch proper mounting position (at stroke end), refer to pages 263
-X
and 265, since the operating range is the same as standard type, single rod. Technical
Data
239
CM2R Series

Bottom Mounting Type


CM2RA Bore size – Stroke Z

X
GA 2 x RcP
2 x øLD Width across flats B1 Y GB
MM H1
øI
øD
øND
B

N
LH

Width across
LX flats KA AL 3
L A K
H S + Stroke N
ZZ + Stroke

With air cushion


Cushion needle Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5) (Width across flats 1.5)
13°
W WA 45°
WB

Female rod end

Width across flats KA

Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size Stroke range A AL B B1 D GA GB H H1 I K KA L LD LH LX MM N ND P S X Y ZZ
20 1 to 150 18 15.5 30.3 13 8 22 8 27 5 28 5 6 33.5 ø5.5, ø9.5 counterbore depth 6.5 15 21 M8 x 1.25 24 20 0
−0.033 1/8 76 39 12 103
25 1 to 200 22 19.5 36.3 17 10 22 8 31 6 33.5 5.5 8 39 ø6.6, ø11 counterbore depth 7.5 18 25 M10 x 1.25 30 0
26−0.033 1/8 76 43 12 107
32 1 to 200 22 19.5 42.3 17 12 22 8 31 6 37.5 5.5 10 47 ø9, ø14 counterbore depth 10 21 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 26 0
−0.033 1/8 78 43 12 109
40 1 to 300 24 21 52.3 22 14 27 11 34 8 46.5 7 12 58.5 ø11, ø17.5 counterbore depth 12.5 26 38 0
M14 x 1.5 42.5 32−0.039 1/4 104 49 15 138

With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)


Bore size WA WB W Bore size A1 H KA MM ZZ
20 27 13 8.5 20 8 10 6 M4 x 0.7 86
25 27 13 10.5 25 8 10 8 M5 x 0.8 86
32 27 13 11.5 32 12 10 10 M6 x 1 88
40 32 16 15 40 13 10 12 M8 x 1.25 114
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench
when tightening the piston rod.
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the workpiece.

240
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2R Series

Front Mounting Type


CM2RB Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across
flats B1 GA 2 x RcP GB
4 x FF
MM H1 øI CJ1
CJP
øD
FX

øND
F

N
CJ2
Width across
flats KA
FX AL 3 JCM
F A K
S + Stroke N
H
ZZ + Stroke CM2
CM3
With air cushion
CG1
Cushion needle Cushion needle
13° (Width across flats 1.5) (Width across flats 1.5) CG3
W WA 45°
WB
JMB
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
Female rod end
CS2
Width across flats KA

Female thread MM
Thread depth A1

3.5
H
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size Stroke range A AL B1 D F FF FX GA GB H H1 I K KA MM N ND P S ZZ
20 1 to 150 18 15.5 13 8 30.4 M5 x 0.8 depth 9 22 22 8 27 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 24 20 0
−0.033 1/8 76 103
25 1 to 200 22 19.5 17 10 36.4 M6 x 1 depth 11 26 22 8 31 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 30 26 0
−0.033 1/8 76 107
32 1 to 200 22 19.5 17 12 42.4 M6 x 1 depth 11 30 22 8 31 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 34.5 26−0.033
0
1/8 78 109
40 1 to 300 24 21 22 14 52.4 M8 x 1.25 depth 14 36 27 11 34 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 42.5 32 0
−0.039 1/4 104 138

With Air Cushion (mm) Female Rod End (mm)


Bore size WA WB W Bore size A1 H KA MM ZZ
20 27 13 8.5 20 8 10 6 M4 x 0.7 86
25 27 13 10.5 25 8 10 8 M5 x 0.8 86
32 27 13 11.5 32 12 10 10 M6 x 1 88
40 32 16 15 40 13 10 12 M8 x 1.25 114
* When female thread is used, use a thin wrench when
tightening the piston rod. D-
* When female thread is used, use a washer etc. to
prevent the contact part at the rod end from being
deformed depending on the material of the -X
workpiece.
Technical
Data
241
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2RK
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
Series RoHS

How to Order

Bore size Cylinder stroke (mm)


20 20 mm Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 243.
25 25 mm
32 32 mm
40 40 mm
Made to Order
Refer to page 243 for details.

CM2RK A 20 100 Z
With auto switch CDM2RK A 20 100 Z M9BW
Number of
Mounting Rod end bracket auto switches
With auto switch A Bottom mounting type Nil None Nil 2 pcs.
(Built-in magnet) B Front mounting type V Single knuckle joint S 1 pc.
W Double knuckle joint n “n” pcs.
* No bracket is provided for the female
rod end. Auto switch
Rod end thread * A knuckle joint pin is not provided
with the single knuckle joint. Nil Without auto switch
Nil Male rod end
* Rod end bracket is shipped together * For applicable auto switches,
F Female rod end with the product, but not assembled. refer to the table below.

* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 243.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m)
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry (Output) 0.5 1 3 5 None connector


DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P     — 
M9BV M9B     — 
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C  —    —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — —  — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — —  — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW     — 


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1     — 
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1     — 
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93     — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

100 V, 200 V — B54  —   — — Relay,


—— 200 V or less — B64  —  — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C  —    —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C  —    — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — —  — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A — — — —  —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A — — — —  —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W  —  — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
242
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2RK Series

Specifications
The CM2RK direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
the use of a square rod cover. Rod non-rotating accuracy ± 0.7° ± 0.5°
Action Double acting, Single rod
Non-rotating accuracy
A cylinder which the rod does not rotate Fluid Air CJ1
because of its hexagonal shape. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
ø20, ø25 — ±0.7° Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa CJP
ø32, ø40 — ±0.5° Minimum operating pressure 0.05 MPa

Space-saving has been realized. Ambient and fluid temperature


Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
(No freezing)
CJ2
Because it is a directly mounted type without With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
using brackets, its overall length is shorter, Lubrication Not required (Non-lube) JCM
and its installation pitch can be made +1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm
smaller. Thus, the space that is required for
installation has been dramatically reduced. Piston speed 50 to 500 mm/s CM2
Improved installation Cushion Rubber bumper
CM3
accuracy and strength Allowable kinetic Male thread 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J
A centering boss has been provided to energy Female thread 0.11 J 0.18 J 0.29 J 0.52 J
improve the installation accuracy. Also, CG1
because it is the directly mounted type, the
strength has been increased. Standard Strokes CG3
Two types of installation
Two types of installations are available
and can be selected according to the Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Note 1) Max. manufacturable stroke (mm)
JMB
purpose: the front mounting type or the 20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
bottom mounting type. 25 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
MB
1000
32 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300
MB1
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. CA2
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages. In addition, the products that exceed
CS1
the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
CS2
Bottom mounting type Front mounting type
Tightening Torque : Tighten the cylinder mounting bolts for the bottom mounting
type (CM2RKA series) with the following tightening torque.
Symbol
Rubber bumper
Bore size (mm) Hexagon socket head cap bolt size Tightening torque (N·m)
20 M5 x 0.8 2.4 to 3.6
25 M6 4.2 to 6.2
32 M8 10.0 to 15.0
40 M10 19.6 to 29.4

Made to Order
Click here for details Option: Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
Symbol Specifications
-XAl Change of rod end shape Cylinder model: CDM2RKA20-100Z-V-M9BW
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C) Bottom mounting type
-XC3 Special port location Mounting A: Bottom mounting type
Single knuckle joint Rod end bracket V: Single knuckle joint
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.

-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type * Single knuckle joint and auto switch are
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type shipped together with the product, but not
assembled.
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
-XC20 Head cover axial port
* No bracket is provided for the female rod end.
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port Auto switch
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.
D-
Accessories • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting -X
Refer to pages 189 and 190 for accessories, since it is • Operating range
the same as standard type, double acting, single rod. • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
Technical
Data
243 A
CM2RK Series

Accessories

Accessories Standard Option

Mounting Rod end nut Single knuckle joint Double knuckle joint (with pin) *1
Bottom mounting type   
Front mounting type   
*1 A knuckle pin and retaining rings (split pin for ø40) are shipped together.
*2 For dimensions and part numbers of options, refer to pages 189 and 190.
*3 Stainless steel accessories are also available. Refer to page 190 for details.

Weights
(kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 Calculation:
(Example) CM2RKA32-100Z
Bottom mounting type 0.14 0.23 0.32 0.62
Basic weight (ø32, 100 stroke, Bottom mounting)
Front mounting type 0.14 0.22 0.32 0.61 O Basic weight··················0.32 kg
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.13 O Additional weight···········0.08 kg
O Cylinder stroke··············100 stroke
Weight reduction for female rod end –0.01 –0.02 –0.02 –0.04 0.32 + 0.08 x 100/50 = 0.48 kg

Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Handling/Disassembly
Warning Caution
1. Do not rotate the cover. 2. When replacing rod seals, please contact SMC.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting Air leakage may be happened, depending on the position in which
into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with cover. a rod seal is fitted. Thus, please contact SMC when replacing them.
2. In the case of exceeding the standard stroke length, 3. Not able to disassemble.
implement an intermediate support. Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by caulking
When using cylinder with longer stroke, implement an intermediate method, thus making it impossible to disassemble. Therefore,
support for preventing the joint of rod cover and cylinder tube from internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are not replaceable.
being broken by vibration or external load.
4. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a high
Caution speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a cylinder
1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get burned.
rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. 5. The oil stuck to the cylinder is grease.
If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide will become
deformed, thus affecting the non-rotating accuracy. 6. The base oil of grease may seep out.
Refer to the table below for the approximate values of the 7. When using a rod end bracket, make sure it does not
allowable range of rotational torque. interfere with other brackets, workpieces and rod sec-
Allowable rotational torque ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 tion, etc.
(N·m or less) 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.44
To screw a bracket or a nut onto the threaded portion at the tip of
the piston rod, make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and
place a wrench over the flat portion of the rod that protrudes.
Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque
from being applied to the non-rotating guide.

B 244
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2RK Series

Construction

i u !6 y q t e o r !2 !5 !3 !0 !1 w

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
!4 JCM
CM2
Rod section
Component Parts CM3
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 13 Wear ring Resin CG1
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 14 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 15 Magnet — CDM2RKl20 to 40-lZ CG3
4 Piston Aluminum alloy 16 Rod seal NBR
5 Piston rod Stainless steel JMB
6 Non-rotating guide Bearing alloy
Replacement Part: Seal MB
7 Seal retainer Carbon steel Nickel plating
Part no.
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating No. Description Material
9 Bumper Resin
20 25 32 40 MB1
16 Rod seal NBR CM2K20-PS CM2K25-PS CM2K32-PS CM2K40-PS
10 Bumper Resin
11 Retaining ring Stainless steel
* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately. CA2
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
12 Piston seal NBR
CS1
CS2

D-
-X
Technical
Data
244-1 A
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2RK Series

Bottom Mounting Type


CM2RKA Bore size – Stroke Z
X
GA 2 x RcP
2 x øLD Width across flats B1 Y GB
MM H1 øI CJ1
CJP
øND

N
B

CJ2
LH

Width across
LX flats KB AL
N
JCM
L A 3
H S + Stroke CM2
ZZ + Stroke
CM3
Female rod end
CG1
Female thread MM
Female Rod End (mm)
Thread depth A1
Bore size A1 H MM ZZ * When female thread is used, use a CG3
thin wrench when tightening the
20 8 10 M4 x 0.7 86
piston rod.
25 8 10 M5 x 0.8 86 * When female thread is used, use a washer JMB
32 12 10 M6 x 1 88 etc. to prevent the contact part at the rod
H
ZZ + Stroke 40 13 10 M8 x 1.25 114 end from being deformed depending on the MB
material of the workpiece.
(mm)
Bore size Stroke range A AL B B1 GA GB H H1 I KB L LD LH LX MM N ND P S X Y ZZ MB1
20 1 to 150 18 15.5 30.3 13 22 8 27 5 28 8.2 33.5 ø5.5, ø9.5 counterbore depth 6.5 15 21 M8 x 1.25 24 20−0.033
0
1/8 76 39 12 103
25 1 to 200 22 19.5 36.3 17 22 8 31 6 33.5 10.2 39 ø6.6, ø11 counterbore depth 7.5 18 25 M10 x 1.25 30 26−0.033
0
1/8 76 43 12 107 CA2
32 1 to 200 22 19.5 42.3 17 22 8 31 6 37.5 12.2 47 ø9, ø14 counterbore depth 10 21 30 M10 x 1.25 34.5 26−0.033
0
1/8 78 43 12 109
40 1 to 300 24 21 52.3 22 27 11 34 8 46.5 14.2 58.5 ø11, ø17.5 counterbore depth 12.5 26 38 M14 x 1.5 42.5 32−0.039
0
1/4 104 49 15 138 CS1

Front Mounting Type CS2


CM2RKB Bore size – Stroke Z
Width across flats KB
4 x FF Width across flats B1 GA 2 x RcP GB
MM H1 øI
øND
FX
F

FX AL
F A 3 N
H S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

Female rod end

Female thread MM
Female Rod End (mm)
Thread depth A1
Bore size A1 H MM ZZ * When female thread is used, use a
thin wrench when tightening the
20 8 10 M4 x 0.7 86
piston rod.
25 8 10 M5 x 0.8 86 * When female thread is used, use a washer
32 12 10 M6 x 1 88 etc. to prevent the contact part at the rod
H end from being deformed depending on the
ZZ + Stroke 40 13 10 M8 x 1.25 114
material of the workpiece.
(mm)
Bore size Stroke range A AL B1 F FF FX GA GB H H1 I KB MM N ND P S ZZ D-
20 1 to 150 18 15.5 13 30.4 M5 x 0.8 depth 9 22 22 8 27 5 28 8.2 M8 x 1.25 24 20−0.033
0
1/8 76 103
25 1 to 200 22 19.5 17 36.4 M6 x 1 depth 11 26 22 8 31 6 33.5 10.2 M10 x 1.25 30 26−0.033
0
1/8 76 107 -X
32 1 to 200 22 19.5 17 42.4 M6 x 1 depth 11 30 22 8 31 6 37.5 12.2 M10 x 1.25 34.5 26−0.033
0
1/8 78 109 Technical
40 1 to 300 24 21 22 52.4 M8 x 1.25 depth 14 36 27 11 34 8 46.5 14.2 M14 x 1.5 42.5 32−0.039
0
1/4 104 138 Data
245
Air Cylinder: Centralized Piping Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2 lP
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
Series
How to Order

Cylinder stroke (mm)


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 247. Rod boot
Mounting Nil None

B Basic J Nylon tarpaulin

F Rod flange K Heat resistant tarpaulin

U Rod trunnion Made to Order


Refer to page 247 for details.

CM2 F 32 P 150
With auto switch CDM2 F 32 P 150 M9BW C
Number of
Centralized auto switches
With auto switch Auto switch mounting bracket Note)
(Built-in magnet) piping type Nil 2 pcs.
Note) This symbol is indicated when the
Port thread type S 1 pc. D-A9l or M9l type auto switch
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model Bore size Nil Rc n “n” pcs. is specified.
20 20 mm This mounting bracket does not
If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto TN NPT Auto switch apply to other auto switches
switch is required, there is no need to enter 25 25 mm (D-C7l and H7l, etc.) (Nil)
32 32 mm TF G Nil Without auto switch
the symbol for the auto switch.
40 40 mm * For applicable auto switches,
(Example) CDM2B40P-100 refer to the table below.
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m)
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry (Output) 0.5 1 3 5 None connector


DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A — — — — V — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A — — — — V — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
— 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

V V
100 V, 200 V — B54 V — V V — — Relay,
—— 200 V or less — B64 V — V — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C V — V V V —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A — — — — V — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A — — — — V —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A — — — — V —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W V — V — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None ······· N (Example) H7CN
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
246
Air Cylinder: Centralized Piping Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2lP Series
Specifications
A cylinder in which two
piping ports are provided in Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
the head cover, enabling Action Double acting, Single rod

pipes to be connected only in Fluid Air

the axial direction. Proof pressure 1.5 MPa


Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa CJ1
Minimum operating pressure 0.05 MPa

Ambient and fluid temperature


Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
(No freezing)
CJP
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube) CJ2
+1.4
Stroke length tolerance 0 mm

Cushion Rubber bumper


JCM
Piston speed
50 to 700 50 to 650 50 to 590 50 to 420 CM2
mm/s mm/s mm/s mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.27 J 0.4 J 0.65 J 1.2 J CM3

Symbol
CG1
Standard Strokes
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper CG3
Note 2)
Bore size Maximum manufacturable stroke
(mm)
Standard stroke (mm) Note 1)
(mm) JMB
20
25
MB
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150
1000
32 200, 250, 300
MB1
40
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order. CA2
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order Note 2) When exceeding 300 strokes, refer to “Air Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages.
Click here for details CS1
Symbol Specifications
Mounting and Accessories CS2
-XAl Change of rod end shape
-XC4 With heavy duty scraper
Accessories Standard Option
-XC6 Made of stainless steel
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin Mounting Rod end Single knuckle Double knuckle Pivot
*1 Rod boot
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw Mounting nut nut joint joint (with pin) bracket
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Basic (1 pc.)

Rod flange (1 pc.)

Precautions Rod trunnion (1 pc.)

*1 A pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
Be sure to read this before handling *2 For dimensions and part numbers of options, refer to pages 189 to 191.
the products. Refer to back page 50 *3 Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available.
for Safety Instructions and pages 3 Refer to page 190 for details.
to 12 for Actuator and Auto Switch
Precautions. Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Min. Bore size (mm) Contents


Mounting bracket order
q’ty 20 25 32 40 (for minimum order quantity)
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
* Order 2 foots per cylinder.

Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.


• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
D-
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
-X
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no. Technical
Data
247 B
CM2lP Series
Rod Boot Material

Symbol Rod boot material Maximum ambient temperature


J Nylon tarpaulin 70°C
K Heat resistant tarpaulin 110°C*
* Maximum ambient temperature for the rod boot itself.

Weights
(kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Basic 0.14 0.21 0.27 0.58
weight
Basic

Rod flange 0.20 0.30 0.36 0.70


Rod trunnion 0.18 0.28 0.33 0.68
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.17
Option
bracket

Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23


Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20

Calculation: (Example) CM2F32P-100


O Basic weight··················0.36
O Additional weight···········0.10
O Cylinder stroke··············100 stroke
0.36 + 0.10 x 100/50 = 0.56 kg

248
Air Cylinder: Centralized Piping Type
Double Acting, Single Rod CM2lP Series
Construction

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
JCM
Component Parts CM2
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear anodized 13 Retaining ring Stainless steel CM3
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear anodized 14 Piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 15 Piston gasket NBR CG1
4 Piston Aluminum alloy Chromated 16 Gasket Resin
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating 17 Pipe gasket Urethane rubber CG3
6 Bushing Bearing alloy 18 Spacer gasket Resin Except ø25
7 Seal retainer Stainless steel 19 Wear ring Resin JMB
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating 20 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating
9 Pipe Aluminum alloy Clear anodized 21 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated MB
10 Stud Brass Electroless nickel plating
Replacement Part: Seal
11 Bumper A Urethane MB1
Part no.
12 Bumper B Urethane No. Description Material
20 25 32 40
CA2
22 Rod seal NBR CM220-PS CM225-PS CM232-PS CM240-PS
* Since the seal does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
CS1
CS2
Basic (B)
CM2B Bore size P Stroke ø20 ø20 ø25
P
(Head side pressure port) P
(Head side pressure port)

P P
Effective thread length FL (Rod side pressure port) (Rod side pressure port)
Width across flats B2
Width across
flats B1 H1 H2 ø32 to ø40
Width across P
flats KA
øE

(Head side pressure port)


øI
G G
NA
øD

MM NN
AL
A K F N N P
H S + Stroke (Rod side pressure port) QY
ZZ + Stroke NA
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D E F FL G H H1 H2 I K KA MM N NA NN P Q QY S ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 20 – 00.033 13 10.5 — 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 15 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 19.8 14 62 103
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 26 – 00.033 13 10.5 — 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 15 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 22 14 62 107
D-
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 26 – 00.033 13 10.5 9 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 25.8 16 64 109
40 24 21 22 41 14 32 – 00.039 16 13.5 10.5 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 29.8 16 88 138
-X
* The dimensions of air cylinders with a rod boot are the same as the standard, Technical
double acting/single rod boss-cut type. Refer to page 180. Data
249
CM2lP Series
Rod Flange (F)
ø20 ø20 ø25
CM2F Bore size P – Stroke
P P
(Head side pressure port)
(Head side pressure port)

Z
NN P P
ø20 to ø32 F (Rod side pressure port) (Rod side pressure port)
Width across flats B1 H1 H2 Width across P
flats B2 (Head side pressure port)
C2 MM
øI

G G
FB

øD

NA

Q
FX 2 x øFD
Mounting hole
AL
FZ A K FT QY
N N
Width across flats KA H S + Stroke NA
ø40 ZZ + Stroke
P
(Rod side pressure port) ø32 to ø40
FY

4 x øFD
Mounting hole (mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 C2 D F FB FD FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM N NA NN P Q QY S Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 30 8 13 34 7 4 60 — 75 — 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 15 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 19.8 14 62 37 103
25 22 19.5 17 32 37 10 13 40 7 4 60 — 75 — 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 15 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 22 14 62 41 107
32 22 19.5 17 32 37 12 13 40 7 4 60 — 75 9 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 25.8 16 64 41 109
40 24 21 22 41 47.3 14 16 52 7 5 66 36 82 10.5 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 29.8 16 88 45 138
* The bracket is shipped together. * The dimensions of air cylinders with a rod boot are the same as the standard,
double acting/single rod boss-cut type. Refer to page 180.

Rod Trunnion (U)


CM2U Bore size P – Stroke ø20 ø20 ø25
P P
(Head side pressure port)
(Head side pressure port)

P P
Width across flats B1 Width across
flats B2 NN (Rod side pressure port) (Rod side pressure port) ø32 to ø40
Width across flats KA P
–0.025
–0.061

H1 (Head side pressure port)

øI
øTD

G G
NA
øTY
øD

TX MM AL
A K TT QY
TZ
Z N N P NA
H S + Stroke (Rod side
pressure port)
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size A AL B1 B2 D G H H1 I K KA MM N NA NN P Q QY S TD TT TX TY TZ Z ZZ
20 18 15.5 13 26 8 — 41 5 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 15 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 19.8 14 62 8 10 32 32 52 36 103
25 22 19.5 17 32 10 — 45 6 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 15 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 22 14 62 9 10 40 40 60 40 107
32 22 19.5 17 32 12 9 45 6 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 25.8 16 64 9 10 40 40 60 40 109
40 24 21 22 41 14 10.5 50 8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 29.8 16 88 10 11 53 53 77 44.5 138
* The bracket is shipped together. * The dimensions of air cylinders with a rod boot are the same as the standard,
double acting/single rod boss-cut type. Refer to page 180.
250
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

CBM2 Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40
How to Order CJ1
CJP
CBM2 L 40 150 HN CJ2
With auto switch CDBM2 L 40 150 H N M9BW C JCM
With auto switch CM2
(Built-in magnet)
Manual release Auto switch mounting bracket Note)
Mounting Bore size Note) This symbol is indicated when CM3
N Non-locking type the D-A9l or M9l type auto
B Basic T Head trunnion 20 20 mm switch is specified.
L Locking type
CG1
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis 25 25 mm This mounting bracket does not
apply to other auto switches
F Rod flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic 32 32 mm (D-C7l and H7l, etc.) (Nil)
G Head flange Boss-cut/Rod 40 40 mm
Lock position
Number of auto switches
CG3
FZ flange H Head end lock
C Single clevis
Nil
D Double clevis Boss-cut/Rod Cylinder stroke R Rod end lock
2 pcs.
JMB
UZ (mm) S 1 pc.
U Rod trunnion trunnion W Double end lock
n
* Integrated clevis and boss-cut types are available only
Refer to “Standard
Strokes” on page 252.
“n” pcs.
MB
for locking at rod end. Rod boot Auto switch
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model Nil None Nil Without auto switch MB1
Cushion J Nylon tarpaulin * For applicable auto switches,
If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto
switch is required, there is no need to enter
Nil Rubber bumper K Heat resistant tarpaulin refer to the table below. CA2
the symbol for the auto switch. A Air cushion Made to Order
(Example) CDBM2L40-100-HN Refer to page 252 for details. CS1
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Lead wire length (m) CS2
Indicator

Electrical Wiring Auto switch model Pre-wired Applicable


light

Type Special function entry 0.5 1 3 5 None connector


(Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

—— 2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
Terminal 3-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — G39A** — — — — V — IC circuit
conduit 2-wire 12 V — K39A** — — — — V — —
Relay,
Yes

3-wire (NPN) 24 V — M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v


PLC
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
(2-color indicator)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire — 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes

(NPN equivalent)
100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — — —
Grommet
Reed auto switch

100 V or less A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit


No Yes No Yes No

V V
100 V, 200 V — B54** V — V V — — Relay,
—— 200 V or less — B64** V — V — — — — PLC
12 V — — C73C V — V V V —
Connector 2-wire 24 V
24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
Terminal — — A33A** — — — — V — PLC
conduit 100 V, — A34A** — — — — V —
Yes

— Relay,
DIN terminal 200 V — A44A** — — — — V —
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator) Grommet — — — B59W V — V — — —
*1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
*2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·······Nil (Example) M9NW * Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
1m ······· M (Example) M9NWM * Do not indicate suffix “N” for no lead wire on D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A models. D-
3m ······· L (Example) M9NWL ** The D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø20 and ø25 cylinder
5m ······· Z (Example) M9NWZ with air cushion.
None ······· N (Example) H7CN -X
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 266 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1648 and 1649. Technical
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.) Data
251
CBM2 Series
Specifications
Holds the cylinder’s home
position even if the air supply Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40
Type Pneumatic
is cut off. Action Double acting, Single rod
When air is discharged at the stroke end Fluid Air
position, the lock engages to maintain the Proof pressure 1.5 MPa
rod in that position. Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa
Non-locking type and locking Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa *
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
type are standardized for Ambient and fluid temperature
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
(No freezing)

manual release. Cushion Rubber bumper, Air cushion


Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Auto switch is mountable. Stroke length tolerance +1.4
0 mm
Rubber bumper 50 to 750 mm/s
Piston speed
Air cushion 50 to 1000 mm/s
Basic, Axial foot, Rod flange,
Mounting Head flange, Single clevis, Double clevis,
Rod trunnion, Head trunnion
* 0.05 MPa for other part than the lock unit

Lock Specifications

Lock position Head end, Rod end, Double end


ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Holding force (Max.) (N)
215 330 550 860
Backlash 1 mm or less
Manual release Non-locking type, Locking type
Symbol
Rubber bumper Air cushion Allowable Kinetic Energy

Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40


Rubber Allowable
0.27 0.4 0.65 1.2
bumper kinetic energy (J)
Effective cushion length (mm) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.8
Air Cushion sectional area (cm2) 2.09 3.30 5.86 9.08
cushion Absorbable
Made to Order 0.54 0.78 1.27 2.35
kinetic energy (J)
Click here for details
Symbol Specifications
-XAl Change of rod end shape Standard Strokes
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)
-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) Bore size Standard stroke Long stroke * Maximum manufacturable
-XC3 Special port location (mm) (mm) (mm) stroke (mm)
-XC4 * With heavy duty scraper 20 400
25, 50, 75, 100,
-XC5 Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 110°C) 25 450
125, 150, 200, 250 1000
-XC6
32 450
Made of stainless steel 300
40 500
-XC8 * Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type
* Long stroke applies to the axial foot and rod flange types only.
-XC13 Auto switch rail mounting
When using other types of mounting brackets or exceeding the long stroke limit, refer to “Air
-XC22 Fluororubber seal Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages.
-XC25 No fixed throttle of connection port * Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XC27 Double clevis and double knuckle pins made of stainless steel
-XC29 Double knuckle joint with spring pin
Refer to pages 262 to 266 for cylinders with auto switches.
-XC35 With coil scraper
-XC52 Mounting nut with set screw • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
* Available only for locking at head end • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

A 252
Air Cylinder: With End Lock CBM2 Series
Accessories/For details, refer to pages 189 and 190, since it is the same as CM2 series standard type. Rod Boot Material

Standard Mounting nut, Rod end nut, Lock release bolt (N type only) Symbol Rod boot material Max. ambient temperature
J Nylon tarpaulin 60°C
Option Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint (with pin) K Heat resistant tarpaulin 110°C*
* Mounting nuts are not equipped to single clevis and double clevis. * Maximum ambient temperature for the rod boot itself.
* Stainless steel mounting brackets and accessories are also available.
Refer to page 190 for details. CJ1
Weights CJP
(kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 CJ2
Basic 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.56
Axial foot 0.29 0.37 0.44 0.83 JCM
Flange 0.20 0.30 0.37 0.68

Basic
Single clevis 0.18 0.25 0.32 0.65 CM2
Double clevis 0.19 0.27 0.33 0.69
weight
Trunnion
Boss-cut/Basic
0.18
0.13
0.28
0.19
0.34
0.26
0.66
0.53
CM3
Boss-cut/Flange 0.19 0.28 0.35 0.65
Boss-cut/Trunnion 0.17 0.26 0.32 0.63 CG1
Additional weight per 50 mm of stroke 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.13
Clevis pivot bracket (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.14 CG3
Single knuckle joint 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.23
Option
bracket
Double knuckle joint (with pin) 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.20 JMB
Pivot bracket 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06
Pivot bracket pin 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03
MB
Lock Unit Additional Weights
MB1
(kg)
Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 CA2
Non-locking type Head end lock (H) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04
Rod end lock (R) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
manual release (N) Double end lock (W) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.06 CS1
Locking type Head end lock (H) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.06

manual release (L)


Rod end lock (R) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 CS2
Double end lock (W) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.10
Calculation: (Example) CBM2L32-100-HN
O Basic weight··················0.44 (Foot, ø32)
O Additional weight···········0.08/50 stroke
O Cylinder stroke··············100 stroke
O Lock unit weight ············0.02 (Locking at head end, Non-locking type manual release)
0.44 + 0.08 x 100/50 + 0.02 = 0.62 kg

Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Min. Bore size (mm) Contents


Mounting bracket order
q’ty 20 25 32 40 (for minimum order quantity)
Axial foot* 2 CM-L020B CM-L032B CM-L040B 2 foots, 1 mounting nut
Flange 1 CM-F020B CM-F032B CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis** 1 CM-C020B CM-C032B CM-C040B 1 single clevis, 3 liners
1 double clevis, 3 liners,
Double clevis (with pin) ***** 1 CM-D020B CM-D032B CM-D040B
1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Double clevis pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-2 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Trunnion (with nut) 1 CM-T020B CM-T032B CM-T040B 1 trunnion, 1 trunnion nut
Rod end nut 1 NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 1 rod end nut
Mounting nut 1 SN-020B SN-032B SN-040B 1 mounting nut
Trunnion nut 1 TN-020B TN-032B TN-040B 1 trunnion nut
Single knuckle joint 1 I-020B I-032B I-040B 1 single knuckle joint
1 double knuckle joint,
Double knuckle joint 1 Y-020B Y-032B Y-040B
1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings
Double knuckle joint pin 1 CDP-1 CDP-3 1 knuckle pin, 2 retaining rings (split pins)
Clevis pivot bracket pin (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CD-S02 CD-S03 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Clevis pivot bracket (For CM2E/CM2V) 1 CM-E020B CM-E032B 1 clevis pivot bracket, 1 clevis pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2C) 1 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type) D-
Pivot bracket pin (For CM2C) 1 CDP-1 CD-S03 1 pin, 2 retaining rings
Pivot bracket (For CM2T/CM2U) 1 CM-B020 CM-B032 CM-B040 2 pivot brackets (1 of each type) -X
* Order 2 foots per cylinder. For dimensions of accessories (options),
** 3 liners are included with a clevis bracket for adjusting the mounting angle. refer to pages 189 and 190. Technical
*** A clevis pin and retaining rings (split pins for ø40) are included. Data
253 B
CBM2 Series
Double Rod Type End Lock Cylinder

CBM2W Mounting type Bore size Stroke H Manual release type


Double rod type end lock cylinder

Specifications Dimensions
Action Double acting, Double rod Bore size
H ZZ
Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 (mm)
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa 20 41 144
Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa 25 45 152
Cushion Rubber bumper 32 45 154
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s 40 50 188
Mounting Basic, Foot, Flange, Trunnion * Dimensions for other bore sizes are the
same as the double acting single rod model.
Lock position Head end lock
Max. manufacturable stroke 500 mm
Note 1) Auto switch can be mounted.
Note 2) Refer to the Precautions on page 257 when mounting flange and
trunnion brackets on the end lock side.
Note 3) When exceeding 300 strokes, refer to the stroke selection table.

H H + stroke
ZZ + 2 x stroke

Non-rotating Rod Type End Lock Cylinder

CBM2K Mounting type Bore size Stroke H Manual release type


Non-rotating rod type end lock cylinder

Specifications Dimensions
Action Double acting, Double rod Bore size
KA
Bore size (mm) ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 (mm)
Max. operating pressure 1.0 MPa 20 8.2
Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa 25 10.2
Cushion Rubber bumper 32 12.2
Piston speed 50 to 500 mm/s 40 14.2
* Dimensions for other bore sizes are the
Basic, Foot, Rod flange,
same as the double acting single rod model.
Head flange, Single clevis,
Mounting
Double clevis, Rod trunnion,
Head trunnion
Lock position Head end lock
Max. manufacturable stroke 1000 mm
Note 1) Auto switch can be mounted.
Note 2) Refer to the Precautions on page 257 for the head flange and head
trunnion types.
Note 3) When exceeding 300 strokes, refer to the stroke selection table.

Width across flats KA

254
Air Cylinder: With End Lock CBM2 Series
Construction
Head end lock
Non-locking type manual release: Suffix N Locking type manual release: Suffix L

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
JCM
CM2
CM3
Rod end lock With air cushion CG1
@6
@7 CG3
#3
#1 JMB
MB
#2 #0 MB1

Component Parts Component Parts CA2


No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear anodized 26 Rod seal NBR CS1
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear anodized 27 Lock piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 33 Cushion needle seal NBR CS2
4 Piston Aluminum alloy Chromated
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard chrome plating
Replacement Parts: Seal Kit
6 Bushing Bearing alloy
7 Seal retainer Stainless steel With one end lock
8 Retaining ring Carbon steel Phosphate coating Bore size
20 25 32 40
Hard chrome plating, (mm)
9 Lock piston Carbon steel Heat treated
Kit no. CBM2-20-PS CBM2-25-PS CBM2-32-PS CBM2-40-PS
10 Lock bushing Bearing alloy
11 Lock spring Stainless steel With double end lock
Kit no. CBM2-20-PS-W CBM2-25-PS-W CBM2-32-PS-W CBM2-40-PS-W
12 Bumper Urethane
13 Hexagon socket
Alloy steel Black zinc chromated * Seal kit includes @6 and @7. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size.
head cap screw
(Except #3.)
14A Cap A Aluminum die-casted Black painted * Seal kit includes a grease pack (10 g). Order with the following part
14B Cap B Carbon steel Oxide film treated number when only the grease pack is needed.
15 Rubber cap Synthetic rubber Grease pack part number: GR-S-010 (10 g)
16 M/O knob Zinc die-casted Black painted
Black zinc chromated,
17 M/O bolt Alloy steel Red painted
How to Replace the Rod Seal
18 M/O spring Steel wire Zinc chromated
19 Stopper ring Carbon steel Zinc chromated <Removal>
20 Bumper A Urethane ORemove the retaining ring (A) by using a tool for installing a type C
21 Bumper B Urethane retaining ring for hole. Shut off the port on the rod cover by finger
and then pull out the piston rod, and the seal retainer (B) and the
22 Retaining ring Stainless steel
rod seal (C) are removed. Port
23 Piston seal NBR <Mounting>
24 Piston gasket NBR OAfter applying enough grease on
25 Wear ring Resin the rod seal, attach in this order,
28 Mounting nut Carbon steel Nickel plating rod seal (C), seal retainer (B) and
retaining ring (A).
29 Rod end nut Carbon steel Zinc chromated
30 Cushion ring Aluminum alloy Anodized D-
31 Cushion needle Alloy steel Electroless nickel plating (C) Rod seal
32 Cushion seal Urethane -X
(B) Seal retainer
Technical
(A) Retaining ring Data
255
CBM2 Series
Basic (Dimensions are common irrespective of the lock position; rod end, head end or double end.)
Head end lock: CBM2B Bore size – Stroke -HN
DL ø
Width across flats B2 H2 2 x RcP 2 x NN
Width across flats B1
øI

HR

NA
2 x øEh8

NA
øD

H1 NA
MM G G Effective thread length NA ø20
Width across AL 2 x FL
A K F N Non-locking type manual release: Suffix N
flats KA N
H S + Stroke F
ZZ + Stroke

DL
Rod end lock: CBM2B Bore size – Stroke -RN øMO

HN
Double end lock: CBM2B Bore size – Stroke -WN Locking type manual release: Suffix L

With rod boot


8 l 8
Width across
flats B3
øe

JH
f
h JW
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
Symbol Stroke HN
Bore size range A AL B1 B2 D DL E F FL G H H1 H2 HR I K KA MM MO N NA NN P S ZZ
(mm) (Max.)
20 Up to 300 18 15.5 13 26 8 7.5 20 –00.033 13 10.5 8 41 5 8 22.3 34 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25 15 15 24 M20 x 1.5 1/8 62 116
25 Up to 300 22 19.5 17 32 10 7.5 26 –00.033 13 10.5 8 45 6 8 25.3 37 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25 15 15 30 M26 x 1.5 1/8 62 120
32 Up to 300 22 19.5 17 32 12 7.5 26 –0.033
0
13 10.5 8 45 6 8 27.6 39.3 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25 15 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5 1/8 64 122
40 Up to 300 24 21 22 41 14 10.7 32 –00.039 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 33.6 47.8 46.5 7 12 M14 x 1.5 19 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2 1/4 88 154

With Rod Boot (mm)


Symbol h l
Bore size B3 e f
(mm) 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 30 36 18 68 81 93 106 131 156 181 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125
25 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125
32 32 36 18 72 85 97 110 135 160 185 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125
40 41 46 20 77 90 102 115 140 165 190 12.5 25 37.5 50 75 100 125
With Rod Boot (mm)
Symbol ZZ
Bore size JH JW
(mm) 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
20 143 156 168 181 206 231 256 23.5 10.5
25 147 160 172 185 210 235 260 23.5 10.5
32 149 162 174 187 212 237 262 23.5 10.5
40 181 194 206 219 244 269 294 27 10.5
* For details about the rod end nut and accessories, refer to pages 189 and 190.

256
Air Cylinder: With End Lock CBM2 Series
With Mounting Bracket (For dimensions other than shown below, refer to page 256.)
-H N *
Axial foot: CBM2L Bore size – Stroke -R L
-W

2 x øLC

B
4 x øLD

LH
CJ1
Y X X Y
LT

Z LS + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke LX
CJP
LZ
-H N * CJ2
Rod flange: CBM2F Bore size – Stroke -R L
Head flange:
-W -H N
4 x øFD CBM2G Bore size – Stroke -R L JCM
Mounting hole -W
2 x øFD
C2

Mounting hole CM2


FY

CM3
B

FX FT
FZ Z FT Z + Stroke CG1
ø40
ø20 to ø32
-H N CG3
Single clevis: CBM2C Bore size – Stroke -R L øCD
-W
JMB
MB

L
U
ø20 MB1
Z + 01.2+ Stroke RR
CX
ZZ + 01.2 + Stroke CA2
-H N
Double clevis: CBM2D Bore size – Stroke -R L
-W øCD hole H10 CS1
Axis d9
CS2
* A clevis pin and retaining
rings (split pins for ø40) are
U shipped together.
L ø20
Z + 01.2 + Stroke RR CX
ZZ + 01.2 + Stroke CZ
-H N *
Rod trunnion: CBM2U Bore size – Stroke -R L Head trunnion: -H N *
-W CBM2T Bore size – Stroke -R L
-W
øTD
øTY

TT TT
TX Z + Stroke
TZ Z
ZZ + Stroke ZZ + Stroke
* The bracket is shipped together.

(mm)
Bore Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion
size Stroke Stroke range Z Stroke Z ZZ
(mm) range B LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ X Y Z ZZ B C2 FD FT FX FY FZ CD CX CZ L RR U Z ZZ Stroke
range TD TT TX TY TZ Rod side Head side Rod side Head side
Rod side Head side Rod side Head side range

20 Up to 400 40 4 6.8 25 102 3.2 40 55 20 8 21 131 Up to 400 Up to 300 34 30 7 4 60 — 75 37 107 Up to 300 9 10 19 30 9 14 133 142 Up to 300 8 10 32 32 52 36 108 116 118
25 Up to 450 47 4 6.8 28 102 3.2 40 55 20 8 25 135 Up to 450 Up to 300 40 37 7 4 60 — 75 41 111 Up to 300 9 10 19 30 9 14 137 146 Up to 300 9 10 40 40 60 40 112 120 122
32 Up to 450 47 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 20 8 25 137 Up to 450 Up to 300 40 37 7 4 60 — 75 41 113 Up to 300 9 10 19 30 9 14 139 148 Up to 300 9 10 40 40 60 40 114 122 124
40 Up to 500 54 4 7 30 134 3.2 55 75 23 10 27 171 Up to 500 Up to 300 52 47.3 7 5 66 36 82 45 143 Up to 300 10 15 30 39 11 18 177 188 Up to 300 10 11 53 53 77 44.5 143.5 154 154
* Dimensions other than mentioned above are the same as on page 256.

Precautions on Trunnion Type, Flange Type D-


1. Trunnion type 2. Flange type (ø20 to ø32)
a Rod trunnion with rod end lock s Head trunnion with head end lock d With a Rod flange with rod end lock s Head flange with head end lock d With double
double end lock. For these cases, use caution since the trunnion pin and fittings end lock. For these cases, use caution since the bolt for mounting a cylinder and -X
may be interfered with each other because the trunnion pin and port are very fittings may be interfered with each other.
closed to each other. Technical
Refer to “Special Port Location” in “Made to Order” on page 1756. Data
257
CBM2 Series
With Air Cushion (For dimensions other than shown below, refer to pages 256 and 257.)
Basic
Head end lock: CBM2B Bore size – Stroke A-HN
WA1 WA2 DL Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)

45°
S + Stroke ø20
ZZ + Stroke
Non-locking type manual release: Suffix N
With Air Cushion (mm)
Bore size S WA1 WA2 ZZ
(mm) DL
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
20 72 73 83 13 24 24 23 13 23 126 127 137 8
25 72 73 83 13 24 24 23 13 23 130 131 141 8
32 72 75 83 13 24 24 21 13 21 130 133 141 8
40 93 96 101 16 24 24 21 16 21 159 162 167 11
-H N *
Axial foot: CBM2L Bore size – Stroke A -R L
-W

LS + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
-H N *
Head flange: -H N *
Rod flange: CBM2F Bore size – Stroke A -R L CBM2G Bore size – Stroke A -R L
-W -W

Z + Stroke
-H N -H N
Single clevis: CBM2C Bore size – Stroke A -R L Double clevis: CBM2D Bore size – Stroke A -R L
-W -W

Z + 1.2
0 + Stroke Z + 1.2
0 + Stroke

ZZ + 01.2 + Stroke ZZ + 1.2


0 + Stroke

Rod trunnion: -H N *
Head trunnion: -H N *
CBM2U Bore size – Stroke A -R L CBM2T Bore size – Stroke A -R L
-W -W

Z + Stroke
* The bracket is shipped together.
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Axial foot Head flange
Bore size
(mm)
LS ZZ Z
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
20 112 113 123 141 142 152 117 118 128
25 112 113 123 145 146 156 121 122 132
32 112 115 123 145 148 156 121 124 132
40 139 142 147 176 179 184 148 151 156
(mm)
Clevis Head trunnion
Bore size
(mm)
Z ZZ Z ZZ
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
20 143 144 154 152 153 163 118 119 129 128 129 139
25 147 148 158 156 157 167 122 123 133 132 133 143
32 147 150 158 156 159 167 122 125 133 132 135 143
40 182 185 190 193 196 201 148.5 151.5 156.5 159 162 167
258
CBM2 Series
Specific Product Precautions 1
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety
Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
For handling precautions, refer to page 175.

<End Lock Cylinder Precautions> Operating Pressure


Use the Recommended Pneumatic Circuit Caution CJ1
Caution 1. Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the
lock mechanism side, as it is necessary for releasing the lock.
P This is necessary for proper operation and release CJP
of the lock.
W Exhaust Speed CJ2
Caution JCM
1. The lock will be engaged automatically if the pressure applied
to the port on the lock mechanism side falls to 0.05 MPa or CM2
less. In cases where the piping on the lock mechanism side is
long and thin, or the speed controller is separated at some
distance from the cylinder port, the exhaust speed will be
CM3
reduced. Take note that some time may be required for the
lock to engage. In addition, clogging of a silencer mounted on CG1
the solenoid valve exhaust port can produce the same effect.
CG3
W Relation to Cushion JMB
Head end lock Rod end lock Caution MB
1. When cushion valve at lock mechanism side is fully opened or
closed, piston rod may not be reached at stroke end. Thus,
Handling lock is not established. And when locking is done at cushion MB1
valve fully closed, adjust cushion valve since lock may not be
Caution released. CA2
1. Do not use 3 position solenoid valves.
Avoid use in combination with 3 position solenoid valves
Releasing the Lock
CS1
(especially closed center metal seal types). If pressure is
trapped in the port on the lock mechanism side, the cylinder
cannot be locked. Furthermore, even after being locked, the Warning CS2
lock may be released after some time, due to air leaking from 1. Before releasing the lock, be sure to supply air to the side
the solenoid valve and entering the cylinder. without a lock mechanism, so that there is no load applied to
the lock mechanism when it is released. (Refer to the
2. Back pressure is required to release end lock.
recommended pneumatic circuits.) If the lock is released when
Be sure air is supplied to the side of the cylinder without a
the port on the other side is in an exhaust state, and with a
lock mechanism (side of the piston rod without lock for
load applied to the lock unit, the lock unit may be subjected to
double end lock), before starting up, as in the above
an excessive force and be damaged. Furthermore, sudden
figures. Otherwise, the lock may not be released. (Refer to
movement of the piston rod is very dangerous.
“Releasing the Lock”.)
3. Release the lock when mounting or adjusting the
cylinder.
If mounting or other work is performed when the cylinder is
locked, the lock unit may be damaged.
4. Operate with a load ratio of 50% or less.
If the load ratio exceeds 50%, this may cause problems such
as failure of the lock to release, or damage to the lock unit.
5. Do not operate multiple cylinders in synchronization.
Avoid applications in which two or more cylinders with end lock
are synchronized to move one workpiece, as one of the
cylinder locks may not be able to release when required.
6. Use a speed controller with meter-out control.
Lock cannot be released occasionally by meter-in control.
7. Be sure to operate completely to the cylinder stroke
end on the side with the lock.
If the cylinder piston does not reach the end of the stroke,
locking might not work or locking might not be released.
8. The base oil of grease may seep out. D-
The base oil of grease in the cylinder may seep out of the tube,
cover, or crimped part depending on the operating conditions -X
(ambient temperature 40°C or more, pressurized condition, low
frequency operation). Technical
Data
259 A
CBM2 Series
Specific Product Precautions 2
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to back page 50 for Safety
Instructions and pages 3 to 12 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Manual Release Working Principle


Caution The figures below are the same as those for CBA2 series.

1. Non-locking type manual release PHead end lock (Rod end lock is the same, too.)
Insert the accessory bolt from the top of the rubber cap (it is 1. When the piston rod is getting closer to the stroke end, the
not necessary to remove the rubber cap), and after screwing it taper part (*) of the piston rod edge will push the lock piston
into the lock piston, pull it to release the lock. If you stop pulling up.
the bolt, the lock will return to an operational state. Spring
Thread sizes, pulling forces and strokes are as shown below. Lock piston
Bore size (mm) Thread size Pulling force Stroke (mm)
20, 25, 32 M2.5 x 0.45 x 25 L or more 4.9 N 2
40 M3 x 0.5 x 30 L or more 10 N 3
Pressure
Remove the bolt for normal operation.
It can cause lock malfunction or faulty release.

Piston rod

Rubber cap

2. Lock piston is pushed up further.

2. Locking type manual release


While pushing the M/O knob, turn it 90° counterclockwise. The
lock is released (and remains in a released state) by aligning 3. Lock piston is pushed up into the groove of piston rod to
the G mark on the cap with the HOFF mark on the M/O knob. lock it. (Lock piston is pushed up by spring force.) At this
When locking is desired, turn M/O knob clockwise 90° while time, it is exhausted from port in head side and introduced
pushing fully, correspond G mark on cap and HON mark on to atmosphere.
M/O knob. The correct position is confirmed by a clicking
sound.
If not confirmed, locking is not done.

Lock
Unlock

Locked

4. When pressure is supplied in the head side, lock piston will


be pushed up to release the lock.

Back pressure

Locked Released Exhaust

Pressure
Released

5. Lock will be released, then cylinder will move forward.

Exhaust

260
Air Cylinder: Low Friction Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

CM2Q Series
ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40 Use the new “Smooth Cylinder CM2Y Series”
to realize both-direction low friction and
low-speed operation.
(Refer to the Best Pneumatics No. 2-3.) CJ1
How to Order CJP
Mounting Cylinder stroke (mm) CJ2
B Basic T Head trunnion
L Axial foot E Integrated clevis
JCM
F Rod flange BZ Boss-cut/Basic Direction of low friction
G Head flange
FZ Boss-cut/Rod
flange
F With pressure at head side CM2
C Single clevis B With pressure at rod side
D Double clevis
UZ Boss-cut/Rod
trunnion
CM3
U Rod trunnion Made to Order
CG1
CM2Q L 40 150 F CG3
JMB
With auto switch CDM2Q L 40 150 F M9BW
MB
With auto switch Bore size Auto switch Number of
(Built-in magnet) 20 20 mm Without auto switch auto switches MB1
Nil
25 25 mm (Built-in magnet) Nil 2 pcs.
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model S
32 32 mm 1 pc.
CA2
If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto 40 40 mm n “n” pcs.
switch is required, there is no need to enter
the symbol for the auto switch.
CS1
(Example) CDM2QF32-100B
CS2

D-
-X
Technical
Data
261
CM2 Series
Auto Switch Mounting
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Solid state auto switch Reed auto switch
D-M9l D-A9l
D-M9lW ≈Hs

D-M9lA

16
≈Hs
A 24.5 B
(22)
( ): Values for D-A96
16

A and B are the dimensions from the end of the


head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.
A 22 B
(24)
D-A9lV
( ): Values for D-M9lA
≈Hs
A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

16
D-M9lV A 22 B
D-M9lWV
A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
D-M9lAV head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

≈Hs
D-C7/C8/C73C/C80C
16

≈Hs
A 20 B
(22)
16

( ): Values for D-M9lAV


A and B are the dimensions from the end of the A B
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

D-H7l/H7lW/H7NF/H7BA/H7C D-B5/B6/B59W
≈Hs ≈Hs
16

24.5

A B A B

D-G5NT D-A33A/A34A
≈Hs ≈Hs
24.5

A B A B

D-G39A/K39A D-A44A

≈Hs ≈Hs

A B A B

262
Auto Switch Mounting CM2 Series

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position
(Standard type (except single acting type), Non-rotating rod type, Direct mount type, Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type (except single acting type)) (mm)
Auto switch
model D-H7l
D-G39A
D-M9l(V)
D-K39A
D-H7C D-C7/C8
D-B5l
CJ1
D-M9lW(V) D-A9l(V) D-H7lW D-G5NT D-C73C D-B59W
D-A3lA D-B64
D-M9lA(V)
D-A44A
D-H7BA D-C80C CJP
D-H7NF

Bore size A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
CJ2
20 11 9.5 7 5.5 1 0 6.5 5 3 1.5 7.5 6 1.5 0 4 3
25 10 10 6 6 0 0 5.5 5.5 2 2 6.5 6.5 0.5 0.5 3.5 3.5
JCM
32 11.5 10.5 7.5 6.5 1.5 0.5 7 6 3.5 2.5 8 7 2 1 5 4
40 17.5 15.5 13.5 11.5 7.5 5.5 13 11 9.5 7.5 14 12 8 6 11 9
CM2
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating condition in the actual setting.
CM3
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Centralized piping type, With end lock) (mm)
CG1
Auto switch
model D-H7l
D-M9l(V)
D-G39A
D-H7C
D-C7l CG3
D-K39A D-B5l D-C80
D-M9lW(V) D-A9l(V) D-H7lW D-G5NT D-B59W
D-A3lA D-B64 D-C73C
D-M9lA(V)
D-A44A
D-H7BA
D-C80C
JMB
D-H7NF
MB
Bore size A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B

20
10.5
(8)
9.5
(7)
6.5
(4)
5.5
(3)
0.5
(—)
0
(—)
6
(4)
5
(3)
2.5
(0.5)
1.5
(0)
1
(—)
0
(—)
7
(5)
6
(4)
4
(2)
3
(1)
MB1

25
10.5
(8)
9.5
(7)
6.5
(4)
5.5
(3)
0.5
(—)
0
(—)
6
(4)
5
(3)
2.5
(0.5)
1.5
(0)
1
(—)
0
(—)
7
(5)
6
(4)
4
(2)
3
(1)
CA2

32
11.5
(9)
10.5
(8)
7.5
(5)
6.5
(4)
1.5
(0)
0.5
(0)
7
(5)
6
(4)
3.5
(1.5)
2.5
(0.5)
2
(0)
1
(0)
8
(6)
7
(5)
5
(3)
4
(2)
CS1
40 17.5 15.5 13.5 11.5 6.5 5.5 12 11 8.5 7.5 7 6 13 12 10 9
CS2
* ( ): Setting position for the auto switch with an air cushion.
The D-B5/B6/A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be mounted on the bore size ø20 and ø25 cylinder with an air cushion.
Note 1) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating condition in the actual setting.
Note 2) The D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be mounted on the centralized piping type CDM2lP series.

Auto Switch Mounting Height (mm)


Auto switch D-A9l(V)
model D-M9l(V)
D-M9lW(V) D-B5l
D-M9lA(V) D-B64 D-G39A
D-H7l D-C73C
D-H7lW D-B59W D-K39A D-A44A
D-C80C
D-H7BA D-G5NT D-A3lA
D-H7NF D-H7C
D-C7l
D-C80
Bore size Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs
20 24.5 25.5 25 60 69.5
25 27 28 27.5 62.5 72
32 30.5 31.5 31 66 75.5
40 34.5 35.5 35 70 79.5

D-
-X
Technical
Data
263
CM2 Series
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)
Single Acting/Spring Return Type (S), Spring Extend Type (T)

Standard Type/Spring Return Type (S)


Non-rotating Rod Type/Spring Return Type (S) (mm)
A dimensions
Auto switch model Bore size
Up to 50 st 51 to 100 st 101 to 150 st 151 to 200 st 201 to 250 st
B
20 36 61 86 — — 9.5
D-M9l(V) 25 35 60 85 — — 10
D-M9lW(V) 32 36.5 61.5 86.5 111.5 — 10.5
D-M9lA(V) 40 42.5 67.5 92.5 117.5 142.5 15.5
20 32 57 82 — — 5.5
25 31 56 81 — — 6
D-A9l(V) 32 32.5 57.5 82.5 107.5 — 6.5
40 38.5 63.5 88.5 113.5 138.5 11.5
D-H7l 20 31.5 56.5 81.5 — — 5
D-H7C 25 30.5 55.5 80.5 — — 5.5
D-H7lW
D-H7BA 32 32 57 82 107 — 6
D-H7NF 40 38 63 88 113 138 11
20 28 53 78 — — 1.5
25 27 52 77 — — 2
D-G5NT 32 28.5 53.5 78.5 103.5 — 2.5
40 34.5 59.5 84.5 109.5 134.5 7.5
20 26.5 51.5 76.5 — — 0
D-B5l 25 25.5 50.5 75.5 — — 0.5
D-B64 32 27 52 77 102 — 1
40 33 58 83 108 133 6
D-C7l 20 32.5 57.5 82.5 — — 6
D-C80 25 31.5 56.5 81.5 — — 6.5
D-C73C 32 33 58 83 108 — 7
D-C80C 40 39 64 89 114 139 12
20 29 54 79 — — 2.5
25 28.5 53.5 78.5 — — 3.5
D-B59W 32 30 55 80 105 — 4
40 36 61 86 111 136 9
D-G39A 20 26 51 76 — — 0
D-K39A 25 25 50 75 — — 0
D-A3lA 32 26.5 51.5 76.5 101.5 — 0.5 Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the
D-A44A 40 32.5 57.5 82.5 107.5 132.5 5.5 operating condition in the actual setting.

Standard Type/Spring Extend Type (T)


Non-rotating Rod Type/Spring Extend Type (T) (mm)
B dimensions
Auto switch model Bore size A Up to 50 st 51 to 100 st 101 to 150 st 151 to 200 st 201 to 250 st
20 11 34.5 59.5 84.5 — —
D-M9l(V) 25 10 35 60 85 — —
D-M9lW(V) 32 11.5 35.5 60.5 85.5 110.5 —
D-M9lA(V) 40 17.5 40.5 65.5 90.5 115.5 140.5
20 7 30.5 55.5 80.5 — —
25 6 31 56 81 — —
D-A9l(V) 32 7.5 31.5 56.5 81.5 106.5 —
40 13.5 36.5 61.5 86.5 111.5 136.5
D-H7l 20 6.5 30 55 80 — —
D-H7C 25 5.5 30.5 55.5 80.5 — —
D-H7lW
D-H7BA 32 7 31 56 81 106 —
D-H7NF 40 13 36 61 86 111 136
20 3 26.5 51.5 76.5 — —
25 2 27 52 77 — —
D-G5NT 32 3.5 27.5 52.5 77.5 102.5 —
40 9.5 32.5 57.5 81.5 107.5 132.5
20 1.5 25 50 75 — —
D-B5l 25 0.5 25.5 50.5 75.5 — —
D-B64 32 2 26 51 76 101 —
40 8 31 56 81 106 131
D-C7l 20 7.5 31 56 81 — —
D-C80 25 6.5 31.5 56.5 81.5 — —
D-C73C 32 8 32 57 82 107 —
D-C80C 40 14 37 62 87 112 137
20 4 28 53 78 — —
25 3.5 28.5 53.5 78.5 — —
D-B59W 32 5 29 54 79 104 —
40 11 34 59 84 109 134
D-G39A 20 1 24.5 49.5 74.5 — —
D-K39A 25 0 25 50 75 — —
D-A3lA 32 1.5 25.5 50.5 75.5 100.5 — Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the
D-A44A 40 7.5 30.5 55.5 80.5 105.5 130.5 operating condition in the actual setting.

264
Auto Switch Mounting CM2 Series
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting
(Standard type (except single acting type), Non-rotating rod type, Direct mount type,
Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type (except single acting type), Centralized piping type, With end lock)
n: Number of auto switches (mm)
Number of auto switches
Auto switch model With 2 pcs. With n pcs.
With 1 pc.
Different surfaces Same surface Different surfaces
(n – 2)
Same surface
55 + 35 (n – 2)
CJ1
20 + 35
D-M9l 5 15 Note 1) 40 Note 1) 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3)
20 + 35
(n – 2)
55 + 35 (n – 2)
CJP
D-M9lW 10 15 Note 1) 40 Note 1) 2
Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n = 2, 4, 6···)
25 + 35
(n – 2)
60 + 35 (n – 2) CJ2
D-M9lA 10 15 Note 1) 40 Note 1) 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3)
15 + 35
(n – 2)
50 + 35 (n – 2) JCM
D-A9l 5 15 30 Note 1) 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3)

D-M9lV 5 15 Note 1) 35
20 + 35
(n – 2)
2
35 + 35 (n – 2) CM2
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)

D-A9lV 5 15 25
15 + 35
(n – 2)
2
25 + 35 (n – 2) CM3
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n – 2)
D-M9lWV
10 15 Note 1) 35
20 + 35
2
35 + 35 (n – 2) CG1
D-M9lAV (n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n – 2)
D-C7l
D-C80
10 15 50
15 + 45
2
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3)
50 + 45 (n – 2)
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
CG3
D-H7l (n – 2)
D-H7lW
D-H7BA 10 15 60
15 + 45
2
60 + 45 (n – 2)
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
JMB
(n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3)
D-H7NF
D-H7C
D-C73C 10 15 65
15 + 50
(n – 2)
2
65 + 50 (n – 2) MB
D-C80C (n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n – 2)
D-G5NT 10 15 75
15 + 50
2
75 + 55 (n – 2) MB1
D-B5l/B64 (n = 2, 4, 6···)Note 3) (n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
(n – 2)
D-B59W 15 20 75
20 +
(n = 2,
50
2
4, 6···)Note 3)
75 + 55 (n – 2)
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
CA2
D-G39A Note 4)
D-K39A
D-A3lA 10 35 100
35 + 30 (n – 2)
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
100 + 100 (n – 2)
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5···)
CS1
D-A44A
Note 3) When “n” is an odd number, an even number that is one larger than this odd number is used for the calculation. CS2
Note 4) The D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be mounted on the centralized piping type CDM2lP series.

Note 1) Auto switch mounting


With 2 auto switches
Different surfaces Same surface
A 15
3.5

Auto switch model

B The auto switch is mounted by slightly displacing it in a


The proper auto switch mounting position is 3.5 mm inward direction (cylinder tube circumferential exterior) so that the
from the switch holder edge. auto switch and lead wire do not interfere with each other.
D-M9l(V) 15 to 20 stroke Note 2) 40 to 55 stroke Note 2)
D-M9lW(V)
D-M9lA(V) 15 to 25 stroke Note 2) 40 to 60 stroke Note 2)
D-A9l(V) — 30 to 50 stroke Note 2)
Note 2) Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting in types other than those in Note 1.

D-
-X
Technical
Data
265
CM2 Series

Operating Range Auto Switch Mounting Brackets/Part No.


(mm)
Bore size Bore size (mm)
Auto switch model Auto switch model
20 25 32 40 ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
D-A9l(V) 6 6 6 6 D-M9l(V)
BM5-020 BM5-025 BM5-032 BM5-040
D-M9lW(V)
D-M9l(V) (A set of a, b, c, d) (A set of a, b, c, d) (A set of a, b, c, d) (A set of a, b, c, d)
D-A9l(V)
D-M9lW(V) 3 3 4 3.5
D-M9lA(V) BM5-020S BM5-025S BM5-032S BM5-040S
D-M9lA(V) Note 2)
(A set of b, c, d, e) (A set of b, c, d, e) (A set of b, c, d, e) (A set of b, c, d, e)
D-C7l/C80 7 8 8 8
D-C73C/C80C Switch bracket (Resin) Auto switch
D-B5l/B64 a Transparent (Nylon) Note 1)
8 8 9 9 e White (PBT)
D-A3lA/A44A Note)
D-B59W 12 12 13 13 b
Switch holder
D-H7l/H7lW/H7BA 4 4 4.5 5 (Zinc)
D-G5NT/H7NF
D-H7C 7 8.5 9 10
d
D-G39A/K39A Note) 8 9 9 9
Auto switch mounting screw
* Values which include hysteresis are for guideline
purposes only, they ar e not a guar antee
(assuming approximately ±30% dispersion) and
may change substantially depending on the
ambient environment.
Note) The D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be
c
mounted on the centralized piping type
Auto switch mounting band
CDM2lP series.

D-H7l
D-H7lW
BM2-020A BM2-025A BM2-032A BM2-040A
D-H7NF
(A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw)
D-C7l/C80
D-C73C/C80C
BM2-020AS BM2-025AS BM2-032AS BM2-040AS
D-H7BA
(A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw)
D-B5l/B64
BA2-020 BA2-025 BA2-032 BA2-040
D-B59W
(A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw)
D-G5NT
D-A3lA/A44A Note 3) BM3-020 BM3-025 BM3-032 BM3-040
D-G39A/K39A (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw) (A set of band and screw)

Note 1) Since the switch bracket (made from nylon) are affected in an environment where alcohol, chloroform,
methylamines, hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is splashed over, so it cannot be used. Please contact
SMC regarding other chemicals.
Note 2) As the indicator LED is projected from the switch unit, indicator LED may be damaged if the switch
bracket is fixed on the indicator LED.
Note 3) The D-A3lA/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be mounted on the centralized piping type CDM2lP series.

Band Mounting Brackets Set Part No.


Set part no. Contents
BM2-lllA(S) Auto switch mounting band (c)
* S: Stainless steel screw Auto switch mounting screw (d)
Switch bracket (White/PBT) (e)
BJ4-1 Switch holder (b)
Switch bracket (Transparent/Nylon) (a)
BJ5-1 Switch holder (b)

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches are mountable.
Refer to pages 1575 to 1701 for the detailed specifications.
Type Model Electrical entry Features
D-H7A1, H7A2, H7B —
D-H7NW, H7PW, H7BW Diagnostic indication (2-color indicator)
Solid state Grommet (In-line)
D-H7BA Water resistant (2-color indicator)
D-G5NT With timer
D-B53, C73, C76 —
Reed Grommet (In-line)
D-C80 Without indicator light
* With pre-wired connector is also available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1648 and 1649.
* Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) are also available. For details, refer to page 1593.

266
CM2 Series
Made to Order: Individual Specifications
Please contact SMC for detailed specifications, delivery and prices.

Symbol
1 PTFE Grease -X446
Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type CJ1
Description Model Action Note
CM2 Double acting, Single rod Dimensions: Same as standard type CJP
Standard type
CM2W Double acting, Double rod
Non-rotating CM2K Double acting, Single rod
∗ When grease is necessary for maintenance, grease pack is available,
please order it separately.
CJ2
rod type CM2KW Double acting, Double rod GR-F-005 (Grease: 5 g)
Direct mount type CM2R Double acting, Single rod JCM
Direct mount,
Non-rotating rod type
CM2RK Double acting, Single rod Warning CM2
Precautions
How to Order Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc after your hands have come into CM3
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
Standard model no. X446 hazardous to humans.
CG1
PTFE grease
CG3
JMB
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2

D-
-X
Technical
Data
267

You might also like